Insidious Meme

ZPT for You and Me – 03-08-2024

ZPT for You and Me - 03-08-2024

ZPT for You and Me - 03-08-2024

Episode Summary:

The document "ZPT You and Me" explores a future where UFO sightings become increasingly common, indicating a shift towards a more transparent and revolutionary era in human-extraterrestrial relations. It hints at a major public event in the US, likely a mass UFO sighting, that will play a pivotal role in changing public perception and the narrative around UFOs and extraterrestrial life. This event is expected to challenge the credibility of mainstream media and governmental authority, shedding light on the disillusionment among the populace regarding political leadership and federal governance.

Furthermore, the document discusses the internal conflicts within governments and between different levels of government, such as state versus federal, over jurisdiction and policies related to UFOs. It suggests that these disagreements will become more pronounced as UFO sightings increase, leading to public disputes and a breakdown of traditional power structures. Additionally, the role of private corporations in advancing UFO technology, particularly zero-point technology (ZPT), is emphasized. These corporations are portrayed as having developed significant advancements in secret, with the potential to disrupt the current status quo and catalyze a global shift towards new forms of energy and technology.

The narrative also touches on the broader societal implications of these developments, including a potential revolution that challenges established authorities and exposes hidden agendas. This revolution is depicted as part of a larger transition into what the document refers to as "Sci-Fi world," where humanity begins to embrace and integrate advanced technologies previously kept secret. The document predicts a period of chaos and upheaval but also one of awakening and transformation, as society grapples with the reality of extraterrestrial engagement and the potential for new technological paradigms.

In conclusion, "ZPT You and Me" paints a picture of a future where humanity is on the cusp of a significant evolutionary leap, driven by increased UFO activity, technological advancements, and a push for greater transparency and revolution. It calls for a reevaluation of our understanding of power, authority, and our place in the universe, suggesting that the coming years will be marked by challenges, but also opportunities for profound change and growth.

#UFOs #Sightings #PublicEvent #US #Media #Government #Authority #Conflicts #Corporations #Technology #ZeroPointTechnology #Transparency #Revolution #Extraterrestrial #SecretAgendas #Chaos #PoliticalUpheaval #SocietalShift #MainstreamMedia #Jurisdiction #PrivateCorporations #AdvancedTechnologies #Disillusionment #PowerStructures #Breakdown #Challenges #Exposure #Secrecy #RevolutionaryActivity #CorporateSecrets #Emergence #SocietalChange #Novelty #Contention #Awakening

Key Takeaways:
  • Expect a notable increase in UFO sightings.
  • A significant mass UFO sighting event is anticipated in the US.
  • Governmental authority and media narratives will be challenged.
  • Conflicts will arise within government and between government and corporations over UFO information.
  • Revelations about advanced technologies and corporate involvement in UFO activities are expected.
  • A societal shift towards transparency and revolution is predicted.
  • The exposure of secrecy and hidden agendas related to extraterrestrial activities will occur.
Predictions:
  • Mass UFO sighting event in the US involving a large public gathering.
  • Increased public awareness and scrutiny of UFO activities.
  • Revelation of corporate advancements in zero-point technology.
  • Breakdown of traditional governmental authority and media credibility.
  • Societal upheaval leading to transparency and revolution.
Key Players:
  • US
  • Biden
  • Trump
  • Raytheon
  • McDonald Douglas
  • Lockheed Martin
  • Boeing
  • Foster Colson
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • Rabbinical Councils of Tel Aviv
  • Obama Regime
  • World Economic Forum
  • Klaus's House
  • Rothschild Estates
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

ZPT for You and Me - 03-08-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. February 8. It's after ten, heading north. Got some more stops up here.

Got rid of the big couple ones, and so that's done.

I boy, where to start?

So, as we go forward this year, it's going to become increasingly clear, if you're paying attention, that there's a big uptick in the amount of ufos being seen. And whether you think they're from the inner earth or from nazis, from Antarctica or all of this kind of thing, doesn't matter much. You will be paying attention and you'll see that there's more of them and that it will appear and we will feel as though this is a building to something, right? As though it's increasing over time, and there will be some form of a threshold or a layer crossed or something, and we'll have a bunch more dynamic interaction with them. So it's going to be a little bit different than previous years relative to ufos.

Now. We will have all of the abduction stuff, we'll have all of the face peeler stuff heating up. It's going to get quite energetic and be really quite od in our experience. So this will be the year that we get people out in some kind of a summer event. It's a concert, it's a racetrack, baseball game or something, where there's lots of people and there's this mass UFO sighting.

I think it's in the US. It's hard to say. It seems to be centering on the US and, let's just say more towards the middle of the country and slightly south. That's really all I've got in the way of geographic indicators, so I'm not really sure where it's going to occur. But we're getting a lot of indications that it's going to really fuck over.

The mainstream media issue, of course, is going to be dealing with it in such a way that it refers back to government authority, which is degrading rapidly. So, as far as I'm concerned, there's no longer a nation here. The way that this is structured now, I don't have any loyalty to the regime or to its intent to bleed us, tax us and kill us. Right? The regime's goals and desires are not mine, so I don't care about them.

And that's going to be the majority of Americans here pretty quick. And whenever I see polls like it says, oh, the country is so divided. Half the country think that Biden's a good guy, and half the country are for this evil Trump fellow, right?

It's all a bunch of horseshit. And it's not a half and half. It's. It's much more like 80% against Biden and 20% for him, or less than 20% getting whittled away right now by the daily activity. Every time the guy comes on out, whoever the fuck is wearing the mask, every time he comes out and says anything, the regime loses credibility and it loses adherence.

So this is good for me. I mean, I wanted to get into the global revolution because that's what leads us into Sci-Fi world.

And part of Sci-Fi world is the emergence of all of the perfected and or at least operational, not necessarily perfected, but operational technologies that we've been working on in secret since the really. And so this stuff will get released. They won't want to release it. They're going to want to keep control of it. There's going to be big battles between.

Okay, so it's going to be really weird when it starts coming to officialdom relative to the UFO stuff as the problems present themselves for the mainstream media. And so we're going to end up with various parts of the government fighting with other parts of the government about the UFO issue. Some people claiming, like, jurisdiction over it and other people disputing that, claiming they have jurisdiction, telling them to shut up. You'll have the intelligence agencies freaking out right and left because a lot of the stuff that they've been working to keep secret won't be secret anymore as everybody starts seeing it en masse. So this could be really weird that way.

But you'll have government fighting with itself. You'll have state governments fighting with the federal government, which we've got now anyway. But now they're going to be fighting over ufos, and the federal government is going to say, no, you don't have the authority to shoot at these fuckers as humans, as peoples start shooting at them, because it's going to be that much in our face, right? So all different kinds of things are going to happen relative to government fighting with itself at various levels. State and county versus state, that kind of thing, right?

And then state versus the regional and regional and state versus the federal. And then everybody pissed at everybody else all around ufos, which will be showing up more and more and more. And the problem will become, it will be seen as being a growing issue, right? Not a static issue, not an issue that's fading, but rather a growing part of our emergence into the age of Aquarius is going to be this very large uptick in visible UFO interaction. With humans, where we will see that the ufos are doing stuff that they know that they must be aware of, that we're recognizing that we see this, that sort of thing, right?

And so the landscape, the framework, the intellectual naradigm framework that is placed on ufos will be crumbling through this year as part of the hyper novelty component. And it's going to get really strident, noisy, chaotic, aggressive and contentious. And as we get to this stage, we're going to have the visibility level alone. The fighting within the government, raising the visibility level, that alone is going to start triggering people to wake up to all of this, right? To become less dull and insensitive to the phenomena that are occurring around us, that shape our narrative.

And as a result of this, our collective structure in terms of how we deal with this globally, is going to be under real assault. We're going to be coming up hopefully. All right, so if it's not this summer, it will be next summer, right? It's going to be very close to the emergence of this mass sighting. We'll also get into the point where we start seeing the farmers with shotguns.

Now, we've already seen one episode of that down in Peru where there were the farmers attempting to prevent the abduction of women and children from this village by the Face peelers, who we know are a corporation. They're mercenaries working for a corporation. They may even work for the wellness group. Wellness company, right? They may work for one of Foster Colson's subsidiary companies that does mercenary.

So the state of being, the actual situation with our landscape right now is that the corporations were given the technology from the space aliens in order that the federal government would have the ability to have plausible deniability, because they could say, oh, it's not us. We're not doing it. It's this corporation, right? It's a subcontractor. Anyway, the corporations, aware of the situation, took it one step further, and they're not even reporting the results to the government that they supposedly are working for, that they're taking all this money to reverse engineer these devices.

And they've succeeded. They've succeeded since the. They're just not telling the government about it. And a lot of the UFO activity that we're seeing is, in fact, private corporations out doing shit with them right now, that they've got them working and this sort of thing and know a little bit about it. There's this whole other breakaway civilization thing forming with these corporations.

All of this shit's going to come out this year. So we'll see the government versus itself on these various different levels. And then, like, various different national governments fighting each other over, quote, authority over the issue. And then we'll also see them trying to corral and rein in the corporations. And some of these corporations, I think, are just going to go rogue.

Their response will be a piss off, dude. We got more power in two of these vessels than you have in your entire navy.

That's another issue is the vast amount of information and stuff coming out relative to the Navy here in the United States this year. This will come out also as we get into the secrets revealed part about the UFOs at the corporate level. So the data would suggest that we're going to have some kind of, as I say, some kind of a summer event, mass sighting, lots of people, lots of videos all about showing us the UFOs and what they're doing in the vicinity of whatever these people are doing, this outdoor concert or this baseball game or whatever it is. And we'll get a lot of that on the Internet and so on. And about that same time.

So that's a temporal marker. And about that same time, we're going to have actual floods of information about ufos coming out, or a lot of it will come out from people that will be leaking the information out from corporations. As the corporations encounter. One of the motivating factors for this at the corporate level is going to be the degradation of the dollar, and they won't have the money to be able to bribe people to keep this shit secret anymore. And thus we're going to end up with this very interesting situation where you have government having paid corporations to reverse engineer it, and then people within the corporations leaking out information about their success, and then government having to deny that they were involved and all this other stuff, and then again, fighting with themselves.

And a part of it, of course, is that there's parts of the government that are going to be overtaken and captured by the populace. We're approaching that now.

So it'll be much more like local city councils and county governance councils and all these regional councils, councils primarily, lots of that word are going to be fleeing because they'll be presented with demands against their bonds and their own illegality. And the individuals will feel themselves very threatened by the. By potential jail times, and they will abandon their positions. This could have happened throughout the nation. It'll be more active in some states, less active in others.

And that degradation of authority at that level, down at that level, is going to participate in all this UFO shit because there's a lot of county people that know being bribed in some of these counties to keep quiet about all the UFO activity that's going on in military bases or underground bunkers or this kind of shit, right? So, no, by the way, I'm not suggesting that any of Terry Cassidy's, quote, whistleblowers are legit, but we will get people from corporations like Raytheon and McDonald, Douglas and Lockheed Martin, Boeing, all of these kind of people, even a lot of the telephony companies and the satellite companies, that is, the people that actually make the satellites will have information coming out from them all about what I'm terming as ZPT, zero point technology. It's just an easy label for it, right? It's actually working off of, extraction of energy out of the ether. But we don't need to go there just yet.

We don't need to invoke the ether and get involved in that just at this point anyway. So our ZPT will be coming out in fits and starts, little leaks as we go along. And this effect in the midst of the other generalized political chaos that's going to be going on is going to really exacerbate the political chaos, but it's also going to bring into sharp focus all of the deep hidden stuff, right? So we're going to be shining spotlights on corporations doing stuff off on the side with all of this stuff, right? All this ZPT stuff.

And it's going to get quite, you know, jewish space lasers will once again be trending later on as the corporations admit that they're doing shit for the Elohim worship cult and the rabbinical councils of Tel Aviv, and that they fried Chile and they fried Lahaina with their dues, with their directed energy weapons as a direct result of orders that came to them through the Obama regime, through the regime, the Obi regime. And those orders came from the Elohim worship councils in Israel. And so all this shit's going to come out, people are going to get a little bit sketched out about really, really pissed. So now we're going to be getting into that period of time where jewish people have to worry, okay? They've got to worry because of the stuff that's going to come out about Judaism, about child trafficking, about Israel and the genocide and the tie in to all of the global intelligence agencies and how really dirty, disgustingly filthy, foul the Elohim worship cult is and their harvest of humans all of these centuries.

And this is going to get really interesting, like, to the point that the data is suggesting that we'll call them diplomats. But israeli spies functioning as diplomats are going to be beaten up on their way into the UN. Synagogues are going to have shit dumped on them, literal, actual shit, human theses thrown up against the doors, that kind of thing.

It's going to be a very upsetting time for anybody that's got an adherence and an allegiance to the status quo in these organizations existing. And it's like, hey, we're here now. This is the global revolution one, american revolution two, and it's going to be energetic, interesting, chaotic, involving, distressing. There are going to be shortages. The system's going to break down all over.

We'll have revolutionary activity here in the US, and then we'll also, at the same time, start seeing the assaults against the actual perpetrators in Europe. That is to say, we'll see the World Economic Forum building broken into, we'll see Klaus's house broken into, Rothschild estates broken into, all of this kind of thing. People are just going to go batshit. We've just had it with all of this, the machinations by the Elohim worship cult trying to control everybody, and there's going to be a giant backlash. A lot of the Elohim worship cult people will not survive.

Many of those will be. Many jews will be misidentified as being deep in the Elohim worship cult when they're just, in fact, diluted religious Judaism addicts, right? And so Judaism is all about sacrifice. You put all of your sins into a chicken and then you sacrifice the chicken in this brutal, horrendous way in order to trick your God into forgiving you your sins. That's basically the whole situation with Judaism.

And of course, we understand that they sacrificed Christ, right? Because they're a religion of sacrifice, because they're a Stockholm syndrome, inculcated abuse for thousands of years, kind of a deal culture. They put all their sins into Christ and then they kill Christ. Well, so it wouldn't be a good idea to be a Jewish messiah, right? You're not coming BACK as a JEWISh messiah.

You're not Here to lead the world into greater religious freedom or anything like that. You're here to have all of the Jewish people heap their sins on you so they can sacrifice you, so they can get out from underneath their sins. That's the whole point of the messiah within Judaism. And so all of this kind of shit's going to come out. It's going to get deep and ugly and dirty.

A lot of people won't care. They'll just deal with the surface aspects of it. So a lot of people are just going to say, oh, you're a racist. You're hating on jews. And it's like, no, I'm not even anti Jew, right?

I am anti Judaism. I find Judaism foul, disgusting. A lot of the jews have no idea what's in it. I do. I've GOtTEn SOme of the books.

I've got all of the Talmud, and I'm doing extensive research into this whole thing for another purpose, for this whole thing about dealing with the elohim. And here's something about the Elohim. Just a LitTLE bit of a side note. In our old farts group, when we have been looking into some of this stuff, we've come across references to this in several different places. So both in chinese and in SANSKRIT, we come across this idea of hymns.

All right? And so hymns, and is actually a derivation from original root source, from where we get hymns. A hymn is a particular kind of a metric that is a linguistic flow. So the hymn has particular precise meter about it in terms of how it should be said, the intonation, and so on. Well, it turns out that in SOme of these old teXts, we find out that hymns, also CALLed songs, have a particular POINt to them that is not ObVIOUS.

And this point is mind control, to allow you to control your mind when perhaps you are being. Hang on a second. I'm going to turn around here. You're being assaulted by the Elohim's mind control. Okay?

And so if that were the case, if you were being assaulted by the EloHim's mind control, you could use these techniques, which is to say that you use this hymn, you repeat this hymn, you sing this song basically to yourself while they are assaulting you, trying to take over your mind. And it is a method of, like, blocking them out. All right? The meter, the flow of a hymn, some of these particular ones in Sanskrit, were designed to prevent the elohim from taking you over, from controlling your mind, which is just relatively interesting to us. We're thinking, oh, this is cool.

So other people had sussed this out, and we don't know that it works, but at least that's what they're claiming in these old books. There were a couple of these hymns. We don't know how this one was said because it was in what is called proto HebRew, and nobody knows, actually how these words were said. All we have are the consonants. We don't have any vowels.

And so the Actual Phoneme, the Actual Way in which it's expressed vocally is unknown to us. But nonetheless, we find them. And so that was a particularly interesting one because it was a sanskrit text that had. Had included in it a sanskrit version of a hymn. And then this proto hebrew version of that same.

We think it's the same, the same hymn, and it was intended to be anti Elohim. So you could just sit there and repetitiously let this little song go through your mind, and they wouldn't be able to take you over. Now, this brings up another issue, and that is that in our hunting of information about the mind to machine interface that these guys use, that the Elohim used to control their devices, we have indeed discovered a lot of the structures of the mind and how some of these structures map to our brains and how these form a technology that is used by the Elohim. It's quite extensive. It's very precise.

There's lots of details about it. And it provides some level of Referential Surety that we're on the right track related to this stuff in terms of how it works and everything. I don't want to get into all of the details. I'm actually holding back some of the details on that kind of stuff for negotiation purposes. If the government gets out of line and starts hassling us on this stuff, we've got bargaining chips, right?

We know stuff that they want to know, and we know where it's at. And it's going to take them fucking years to even have a clue to find out where this shit's at. But I can give them an encapsulation if they go away and don't fuck with me. That's the idea. Point them to where they can go and do some more research.

So bargaining chips in this stuff, it's going to be shocking to people the amount of UFO information to a lot of the normies, because it'll suddenly blindside them this summer. But if you're paying attention as we get into summer, you'll see the rise of the number of incidents to point where you're seeing two and three and four a day. And then, like I say, ultimately we'll get to the point where there will be one episode where there'll be hundreds and hundreds of videos and thousands of people that will have seen the actual and participated in the actual event itself. So it's going to be quite the cool summer, guys. We're finally getting here.

Finally. A few years we'll be into Sci-Fi world, and we'll look back at this point of chaos and say, jeez, how in the fuck did we survive and all. Okay, got to go do stuff. So I'll talk to you later, just as a matter of housekeeping, I'll do these talks as I can. No guarantee I'll be able to get one on any given week, but I will keep it.

Keep it going as I may. There's just tons of work I got to get at, and it's really starting to eat into time now. Okay, guys, talk to you later.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Untethered Heathers – 01-20-2024

Untethered Heathers - 01-20-2024

Untethered Heathers - 01-20-2024

Episode Summary:

"Untethered Heathers" by Clif High, published on January 20, 2024, delves into the concept of hyper novelty and its effects on society, particularly focusing on the perceived loss of authority and destabilization of traditional systems. The narrative largely revolves around personal anecdotes and observations, intertwining contemporary social, political, and extraterrestrial themes.

The text opens with Clif High describing his journey and the onset of hyper novelty, a state where traditional norms and systems are rapidly evolving or dissolving, leading to a sense of confusion and disorientation among people. He uses the example of Heather Haying, Bret Weinstein's wife, to illustrate the challenges faced by individuals in adapting to this new reality. The author perceives Heather as an 'untethered Heather', floating without a fixed anchor in the rapidly changing world, embodying the confusion and disorientation experienced by many.

High discusses the impact of influencers and authorities losing their credibility and control in the face of hyper novelty. He argues that the rapid changes in society render traditional forms of expertise and authority obsolete, causing a sense of anchorlessness among people who relied on these structures. This theme is explored through the lens of various individuals, including influencers and academics, who struggle to adapt to the changing landscape.

The author frequently touches on extraterrestrial themes, discussing the influence of space aliens on human evolution and society. He questions the conventional understanding of history and religion, suggesting that much of human history has been influenced or manipulated by extraterrestrial beings. This perspective is used to critique established religious and academic institutions, which High sees as limiting human understanding and perpetuating falsehoods.

Throughout the text, High interweaves personal anecdotes and broader societal observations, creating a narrative that is both introspective and reflective of larger social trends. He expresses skepticism towards established systems and advocates for a more open and questioning approach to understanding the world.

In summary, "Untethered Heathers" presents a view of a world in flux, where traditional structures and beliefs are being questioned and upended. The text serves as a commentary on the challenges and opportunities presented by this new era of hyper novelty, encouraging readers to rethink their understanding of authority, knowledge, and the nature of reality itself.

#UntetheredHeathers #ClifHigh #HyperNovelty #SocietalChange #Authority #Influencers #Academics #Extraterrestrial #History #Religion #Questioning #Understanding #Reality #Shift #PersonalAnecdotes #SocietalObservations #Skepticism #OpenApproach #TraditionalStructures #Beliefs #Challenges #Opportunities #NewEra #RapidChange #Uncertainty #Adaptation #Confusion #Disorientation #Credibility #Control #ExtraterrestrialInfluence #HumanEvolution #LimitingInstitutions #Falsehoods #Reflective

Key Takeaways:
  • Hyper novelty leads to the destabilization of traditional systems and beliefs.
  • Individuals, particularly influencers and academics, struggle to adapt to the changing landscape.
  • Established forms of expertise and authority are becoming obsolete.
  • The text questions the conventional understanding of history and religion.
  • Extraterrestrial influence is suggested to have played a significant role in human history.
  • The work advocates for an open and questioning approach to understanding the world.
Predictions:
  • The increasing irrelevance of traditional forms of expertise and authority.
  • A societal shift towards questioning established systems and beliefs.
  • The rise of confusion and disorientation as traditional anchors dissolve.
  • The potential for significant changes in understanding history and religion.
Key Players:
  • Clif High (Author)
  • Heather Haying (Bret Weinstein's wife)
  • Bret Weinstein (Academic, Heather Haying's husband)
  • Bo Polny (Mentioned Individual)
  • Jean Claude (Influencer, Beyond Mystic)
  • Naomi Wolf (Influencer)
  • Eric Weinstein (Bret Weinstein's brother)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Untethered Heathers - 01-20-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans.

It's January 20. It's like heading towards 10:00 I'm in my sand car, so it's going to sound a bit different. Got to head down coast and go do some stuff, meet some people, pick up a few things. Running a little bit late. It's not too bad anyway, so we're definitely entering into hyper novelty.

And a lot of people are starting to experience it and freak out a little bit. We saw, for instance, Heather Haying, who is Bret Weinstein's wife, expressing know that this is a crazy making way to live, right? Because she was saying they were going to have to examine everybody that they'd ever met and what they say. Is there anything that would indicate that they were like controlled opposition and all of this, right?

So I don't think that Bret Weinstein or Heather are know, paid controlled opposition kind of guys. I don't really see that as the mechanism. If they are, it is a little bit more subtle to the point that they can't pick it up. So they may well end up getting corralled. Okay, so that's trying to happen right now.

People running around and trying to corral influencers into networks, and then they'll be able to control the people through the networks. So Naomi Wolf is now associated with this particular little network, some of whom the rumors are, are being paid 70,000 a month to be content creators for this network. It's a lot of fucking money. But anyway, so now we have to examine all of this kind of stuff. Is any given influencer part of someone's network?

And are they being duplicitous in what they're saying? Because they are being paid to. Right? This is basically what Heather is alluding to, that you can't trust anything. There is no longer an authority for anything.

And it's driving her crazy, right? Especially academics, because they rely on the ability to say, I think this. And then they point at a reference or a study, a piece of paper, a documentation somewhere as an authority for why they think that, right? That backs up their thinking of XYZ. Because there was a study of XYZ and they're just going to point to the study.

Now, these guys read studies. They know about them. They'll critique them for a lay audience. And so they know how to read these things. Most people do not.

But even Bret and Heather have yet to come to the conclusion that all of COVID was a giant Psyop. Okay? They have yet to come to that conclusion. They know it's all out there for tyranny, but they're seeing all of the symptomology know, they think, in my opinion, they're still thinking that the whole Covid Psyop was simply the elite piggybacking on an already existent situation. Right?

So they would believe that coronavirus existed as a virus and that the actual illness was not in the shots, it was in the air.

And so we now know that this is basically horseshit, okay, that I've seen some recent studies, which I do know how to read, that suggest that the spike protein enabled coronavirus is actually weaker than your standard coronavirus flu kind of thing, and it will expire in mere minutes in oxygen. And so once it's exposed, once it's got its wrapper dried, the mucus dried, or however it's being spread in a natural kind of an environment, it dries off and it's harmless in mere minutes anyway, though. So Brett and Heather are now having to deal with hyper novelty to the point where there is no authority. So they're going to have to go back and examine all of their relationships. Are they being played?

And so this is going to make Heather paranoid and this makes her feel crazy, right? This is very much a crazy making situation for her. And this is going to be what hypernovelty is going to be like, for it will taint the experience of hypernovelty for probably almost all of the normies. No matter what their former or their previous positions in Normie world, they will be experiencing hibernate, as does Heather, as this, an untethered Heather. Okay, so that's what she's feeling.

There's no row bankering her to anything. She's free to float about anywhere she wants to go. Now, some of us, like iconoclass and other Internet nut jobs, we think that's pretty cool, right? We're free to explore what we want. We don't have any constraints.

Basically, you can't stand up there and say I'm an authority because I'm a PhD, and you can't debate me because you don't have my years of experience and or training. And then, so now our response is, well, we now know that your training deliberately constrained your mind and blinded you to certain shit, and you were not shown certain shit deliberately, so that your training is itself bogus, it's suspect, it can't be relied on. So your phd means exactly. Toilet paper, right?

And it's how well you think under the moment in our current set of situations that's going to make me rely on your information, to some degree or so. Now we're into a really strange world for all these academics and for the rest of normies. And we see this with Heather's extreme frustration with their situation because they've got people calling Bret and know just because she's associated, calling him as controlled opposition, and he may well be and not understand that he's being controlled, right? Because it can be that subtle. These guys are masters of organization.

They just set up the Elohim worship cult. They just set up the organizations and let the organizations do what they want. They only have to push the organization a little tiny bit in order to get the organization itself to do what they want.

So this is how rough it's going to be, right, Bret? And like, bret's confused, okay? He does not yet know how to react to all of this. And he's got some initial reactions. He doesn't know how to respond to it.

Rather sorry. He has some initial reactions, but he does not yet have a formulated response as to how he's going to do this. And us woo, guys, we've got, like, formulated responses.

We know what the fuck we're doing, right? It's all woo out there. You can't trust shit. And the Elohim worship cult is behind it all. And all these fuckers are lying to you and they've all trying to game you, or it's a big fucking agenda and there's space aliens in the mix.

And that's kind of a funny thing. If you go back and find. And I don't know where it would be. Maybe it's on YouTube or Odyssey or someplace and find Bret and Heather's first Dark Hordes podcast. I was one of the first people to do a super chat with them, and I gave them $200, which blew her away, right?

They'd had, like, maybe they'd had a $20 super chat and I popped up 200. Well, I'm a crazy fucker and I wanted to know. They answered questions for super chats at that point. That was how they were doing it. This is long before they had their Patreon accounts or any of that kind of thing, right?

Anyway, so what I wanted to know was had they ever taken into account the idea of space aliens in their thinking about evolution? And Bret was put in a really difficult situation as husband to Heather because Heather blew me off. She didn't even want to address the question. She thought it was just so crazy. It wasn't even worth thinking about, right?

Wasn't even worth opening her mouth about. And she was just dismissive. She kept the $200, but she wasn't really willing to divulge how she thought about it. And Bret gave kind of a half assed answer because he didn't want to piss her off. She wanted him to also have that attitude about this, about my question about the space aliens.

And it told me everything I needed to know, right? It told me how rigid her mind was, what their inner dynamic was between the two of them, both professionally and personally and a whole bunch of stuff. So I felt it was $200 very well spent. And I knew at that point I had found a couple of very key personalities to monitor for the changes and shit that I knew I was going to be seeing here, right? And so it worked out fine for me.

But it's just really ironic that that question about the aliens, the very first big super chat they'd had and where we're at now several years later. And as we head into meeting the neighbors, getting to know the space aliens out and about over the course of this year, and also alien reproduction vehicles and shit, right? So hyper novelty is that way. Hyper novelty is no authority. And those people that are used to authorities are anchorless.

Right? They're untethered. They're the untethered Heather.

And that's going to make them a little freaked out pretty much all the time. Right? So Bret's just getting a little freaked out just because of his use of the word dream team. And he had a decent concept. It was a decent idea about how the silly mother weffers in what they were doing was causing their own opposition to emerge and they were strengthening their own opposition.

He'd caught a little flavor of Sun Tzu and the art of war kind of thing, and he was real pleased about it. He talks to Tucker about it, and Tucker Carlson lets him go on. They talk about the COVID and how it's used for tyranny and blah, blah, blah. And Bret makes this offhanded remark. It wasn't really like it was a considered point.

The point was these people are going to gang up on what he calls Goliath, okay? And it's not really goliath.

It's just a lot of small minded psychopaths and their little cadres of sociopaths that they have with them, right? So it's not like a giant thing that's going to defeat us. It's not biblical in know as much as Bo poly and these kind of guys want to say it is, or if you want to say that it is biblical, okay, then it is the ultimate and biblical, because nothing about the Bible is translated correctly. Nothing. Absolutely nothing.

The whole thing is like, seriously put up job. There's so many layers of subterfuge and deception in all of these translations, all the way back to the translations from Aramaic into Greek for the New Testament and also into the Vulgate Latin for the Old Testament. And I've been really looking into it. I hate doing all this Bible shit because it's stupid, right? In my opinion, it's useless.

It does not matter to me at that level. I'm just doing it for sussing out what's there. But I don't care to actually know which was the quote, authentic Book of the Bible, because in my opinion, they're all useless, right? It does not matter to me if Bo Polney says that such and such happened in such and such a place as part of Daniel's timeline, and it means this, it absolutely has no meaning to me at all relative to our current situation, because all of the Bible is based on lies taken from journals about how our ancestors survived the space aliens. So in that sense, the Bible is a chronicle.

In the Old Testament, it's simply a chronicle of these people surviving the space aliens, right? There's no God in there. There's no divine any fucking thing in there. These were space aliens that came down and fucked with humanity. Humanity existed long before the Elohim and these space aliens came on down.

And genesis does not. If you go read the original, the source material for Genesis doesn't say any of the things that the Christians say that it does, right? Doesn't relate to God creating man or any of that shit. That is all a lie from the Elohim. So given that, right, given that, in my opinion, the Bible has no authority, then I don't see the Jews as anything more than a twisted murder, a ritual murder, cult sacrifice.

That's the difference between Christianity and Judaism, basically, because they both worship the Elohim. So Bo Polny worships an Elohim. Further, he worships Jews, okay? He's so enamored in what these ancient Judeans did, the times and all of that kind of stuff, that it makes his mind all sparkly and light up, and it's totally meaningless. Who gives a rat's ass if Lord Yahweh made his tribe of Judeans stomp all over and kill all these people?

It does not matter. And in no way was Lord Yahweh around. Now he's not influencing any of our events. Now, he's not God so under the circumstances, why pay any attention to him at all? Right.

Well, it's a really complex Stockholm syndrome thing that is spread out all over humanity. We've got a huge Elohim problem. And this Stockholm complex is not limited to the Jews, right? It affects all of us. It affects the Christians, the Muslims, Buddhists, even.

Right? Everybody is affected by the Stockholm syndrome of us being abused for thousands of years by these space aliens. And it is these sets of circumstances that allow people to stand up and say that this book has any authority at all. And it is a common acceptance aspect of it that lets other people not be really abusive to them for getting up in their case. Right?

So now when I'm confronted by evangelical Christians, I ask them straight up, okay, so which of the Elohim are you worshipping? Which of the Elohim is your God? And then it degrades from there because they have no way of responding. They don't even know what the fucking Elohim is. And then when you point it out that there is no word for God in the Old Testament, they fucking freak out on you.

They call you all kinds of really horrible names. And I'm not trying to do anything. I just don't want these fuckers up in my face about their space alien cult worship. And that's what it is. See, they're not worshiping God.

Bo Polny in no way worships or I can't say that Bo Polny may very well just be running a game on everybody and harmonizing with all this christian shit in order to make money, okay? That's really what it seems like. And what's he going to do when all these things that he prophesies actually happen, if any of them do well, he won't be able to make money and all of this kind of stuff because the system will be gone. He does not understand that he's prophesying the death of a system that is keeping his ass alive. And it's simply not going to be as he might think in terms of his response to this situation.

After it all goes down, after it all happens, a lot of christians are going to be in that same boat, right? They're going to be untethered heathers, and they're going to be freaking out. They'll be trying to pull your hair out. They'll be just losing their minds because they won't have that anchor, and it's been there all of their lives. And we will also have this effect on the social order.

And so this, I think, is what 107 is all about. Just saw a sign there for a town hall meeting in this local little berg that isn't even really a town, this little white spot in the road. And they're going to have a town hall meeting about national issues. I wonder if that's the invaders. We're seeing a lot of that.

They're not forming militias. These are simply town meetings. Anyway, though. So the.

The opening of all of these issues relative to the religion and stuff has already happened. It's going to get much worse as the space aliens start coming down here. And it'll really get strange when we start shooting at the space aliens. And most of the country knows that we're actively engaged in shooting at ufos for whatever the fuck reason. They say this is going to just freak out all kinds of people.

And the Biden regime has no hope of coping.

They don't have any clue as to what they're going to do about this.

Hang on, got a road hazard here. We've had so much in the way of down trees and stuff, you expect driving along that you're going to get this situation no matter what. Oh, they're pulling out huge chunks of trees, man. That thing's got to be three foot across the log sections anyway, so the effect on the social order will be mirroring Heather and it'd be like untethered Heather on lots of caffeine. It's going to be really intense for some period of time as we get into all this.

And we'll see the signs of it. We're seeing the signs of it now. It'll really pick up the woo. People will be able to point out all kinds of incidences of this. As I was saying, by the first week of April, that looks to be pretty solid in terms of a forecast.

And then we'll have most of the normies start really understanding what's going on, or at least not understanding, but at least being aware that something is happening. And we'll have that happen about mid June, I think that we'll have some level of Normie shock and maybe we'll start seeing information about Normie shock in the mainstream media, that kind of thing, right? Where they'll talk about people just suddenly stopping in the middle of the road and they don't make sense. And you can't get their attention, really. And they're not comatose, but they're shell shock, right?

Their brains simply are not working because of an overload anyway. So it's going to be an interesting year that way. We'll see all kinds of stuff come out. There are people trying to corral influencers. Okay?

So they're trying to corral and direct and change the direction of influencers, like Jean Claude at beyond mystic and others. Okay? So I've also been pushed on by some of these people that are trying to corral the thoughts, corral the thought patterns of stuff. These guys that are doing this that have approached myself and Jean Claude and a couple of other people I've talked to. These guys don't want alien discussion.

Okay? So they don't want that to appear. They've got their own agenda. They want to take us through a political reworking of the USA and recover the republic and kick out communists. And they don't want to bring up the aliens.

Their problem is, which is fine. I understand why they want to do it, because they want to keep all the christian nationalists together in a cohesive bloc and all of this kind of stuff, right? So they don't want anything upsetting their apple carts. And their problem is that they've already lost steerage. Okay?

You got to be in a canoe or some other thing where you float down the river or float in water. You've got to be moving faster than the current in order to be able to steer that boat. If you're moving with the current, you have no hope of getting any steerage at all. And so these corralling people have actually lost it, in my opinion. They've lost steerage.

They're no longer moving faster than the linguistics. They're not able to control things in this regard, and they've got real problems, and they do not recognize it. And so even their actions of trying to control people to say, don't talk about ufos, don't bring up ufos. Even that is a sign that their steerage has gone and they're trying to play catch up. And so they're so obtuse to what's going on in that regard, they don't even recognize that this is the case.

So, interesting period of time. We'll see how much of the corral stuff turns out to be, I won't say beneficial, but at least benevolent. Okay. And not necessarily geared towards further evil that should emerge here. We should start seeing more and more of that in, I think, into April.

Okay. So we should see a lot of that into April. We should start seeing a lot more. As part of the hyper novelty, we're bound to get a situation where all of the influencers lost their ability to be authorities, even authority from people you've trusted for these past few years is going to go away. You just simply will not be able to rely on anything just because of the nature of what we're going to be going through here.

And you'll see that reflected in all of the untethered heathers around you. These guys are going to be. They'll be most annoying, probably.

Anyway, I'm here at this first stop. I got to stop and get some stuff here and pick up this package.

But I'll do another one of these on the way back. The last time I had done one of these talks, my recorder fucked up. So it has a little micro SD card in it. And that micro SD card wasn't seated properly. And so the first talk didn't get recorded.

And I didn't understand that until later on. Anyway, so, hyper novelty. You're going to lose the authority of your influencers. A lot of those are going to be discovered to be part of controlled opposition networks. Some of them are not willingly.

They're just, you know, co opted by the circumstances and the money and not being paranoid.

Anyway, so I feel bad for Brett.

I think he may indeed be in one of these networks. Like, amazing Polly has indicated. But I just don't think that he's actually one of the guys. Right. I don't think he is evil, self serving, that kind of thing.

Right. Nor do I think his brother is Eric, but I think his brother is a real ass. And he's got all kinds of emotional issues. Okay, let me get all this stuff here. Okay.

All right. I'll talk to you guys later and we'll do some more of this ram plug. But of course, you won't pay attention to any of it because we're into hyper novelty, and you got to figure this shit out on your own.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Wide view Woo – 10-25-2023

Wide view Woo - 10-25-2023

Wide view Woo - 10-25-2023

Episode Summary:

The document begins with the author's personal experiences, including challenges with electricity and cold weather. There's mention of a potential phenomenon of ice crystals in the surf due to freezing temperatures. The author then delves into discussions about Penny Kelly's predictions of a micronova in ten years and challenges the validity of such claims. The author believes there's no evidence of a micronova and critiques Penny Kelly's assumptions. The document also touches upon the topic of remote viewing, with mentions of Dick Algaeier and his team. The author appreciates their work but has reservations about working with them due to disagreements with their tasker, Mike.

#author #experience #electricity #cold #weather #ice #crystals #surf #PennyKelly #micronova #predictions #evidence #assumptions #remote #viewing #DickAlgaeier #team #tasker #Mike #disagreements #challenges #validity #phenomenon #beach #sun #moon #BTC #bitcoin #dollar #inflation #banks #cryptos #responsibility #scammers

Key Takeaways:
  • The author experienced challenges with electricity and cold weather.
  • Penny Kelly's predictions of a micronova in ten years are critiqued and believed to lack evidence.
  • The topic of remote viewing is explored, with mentions of Dick Algaeier and his team.
  • The author has reservations about working with Dick Algaeier's team due to disagreements with their tasker, Mike.
  • The author discusses the potential rise of Bitcoin and critiques the idea of selling it at 38,000.
  • Concerns are raised about the declining value of the US dollar and the impending inflation.
Key Takeaways:
  • Potential phenomenon of ice crystals in the surf due to freezing temperatures.
  • Bitcoin might reach $100,000 by Christmas or January.
  • Serious double-digit inflation expected around January or February.
  • 39 banks are expected to close by Christmas.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Wide view Woo - 10-25-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. October 25. It's almost nine. Getting a late start this morning.

Heading inland.

Ah, anyway yeah, no, no, don't don't do that. Cancel. My car is trying do shit on my phone. Anyway, so a rough morning. We've had the shit kicked out of us by wonky electricity, fried our heat system, and then we've had seriously cold weather.

We're going to get supposed to be down to freezing on the beach. So they're on this weekend, so they're thinking maybe Saturday or Sunday we might get this effect of ice crystals in the surf. But still cold, though. I mean, it's 36 this morning up on the bluff where we live and it was 34 down on the beach itself. Anyway, heading into town.

Like I say, it was kind of a rough morning because the first thing out the gate doing my email were a lot of emails about people freaking out.

They were losing it over some stuff that Penny Kelly and Joe J. Snip. Four had said last night on JC's beyond mystic. I think that it's a wacky woo or whatever. Anyway, so people were freaking out about Penny Kelly saying there's going to be a micronova in ten years time and that the sun's swelling and the moon didn't cover it in the eclipse.

Well, she's making all kinds of assumptions that are not valid. Okay? I think it's horseshit. There's no evidence ever anywhere of a micronova.

There is stuff that is claimed as an evidence by David Dubine, but he's got all kinds of assumptions about that stuff that make him think this. Those assumptions are not valid. So neither is the catastrophe cycles that we see that he talks about and some of these other people talk about. A lot of the things that they are saying are cyclic are incidents that happened that are separated in time, but they don't have any clue as to what caused those incidents. Right?

And so you could say, oh, well, the younger dryas ice age mini ice age was shut down. It was, it was stopped, it was undone by a couple of meteors coming in right, about 12,000 years ago. And they seem to have a 12,000 year cycle on some of these disasters. But the problem is you don't know what caused those meteors to come in 12,000 years ago. And they coincidentally happened at the same time that we get a destruction of this island that used to exist.

And this island was like the size of the UK, like the size of England and Scotland, right, and part of Ireland. This is a big fucking island. And it used to exist between South America and Antarctica. And it kept Antarctica warm by funneling warm air down. And when it was removed, which it was, we see this island all over, scattered all over the bottom of the ocean down there.

And when it was removed, it allowed winds to form at latitude 40. That circle endlessly, and they create a wind wall that isolates Antarctica and causes it to be frozen, okay? Without that wind wall, Antarctica, it would be tropical as it was.

We think that this shit happened further back than 12,000 years ago, but it might have happened as long ago as 250,000 years. We just don't know time frames on some of this stuff, right? And it's impossible for us to judge. So David Dubine has influenced Penny Kelly because Penny Kelly has obviously listened to him and is talking micronovas. Well, there's no evidence whatsoever of micronova.

And so Penny Kelly is wrong, and she's wrong in her assumptions. So she's saying, oh, because the sun stuck out like a white wall tire around the moon, the sun is swollen. Well, what if the moon is shrunk, right? The moon's a projection in any event, right? It is not, as she thinks.

It is not a sphere. It is not a planetoid, right? It is an object, a device, a construction. And so it's under intelligent control. So there's no natural consequence involved in the moon.

It's under intelligent control anyway, so there's not going to be a micronova of the sun in ten years. Penny Kelly is hugely wrong. I do not have a okay? So there's not a lot of evidence that any of her forecasts are accurate, all right? Any of the stuff from the guides and all of this sort of thing from her books.

None of that shit has appeared. She was saying, apparently, that there's battles on the moon and the bad guys have been defeated. Well, the moon is a device. There's no battles going on top of it. There's no battles going in it.

There's no evidence of any of that at all. And so she's getting this information out of her mind, making this shit up. Her mind is making this stuff up in order to fulfill her wishes. And her wishes are that she knows some information about the moon, and it has no information, but it's quite happy to make it up for her. There are no battles going on on the moon that way.

There's all kinds of freaky geeky shit going on in the moon. Okay? This is another thing, okay? So I don't know that Penny Kelly has a process, okay? There's no formalized method.

She doesn't go into it in terms of she just puts the results out. Unlike say dick, algae right. His remote viewing crew, they've got this defined process. They work it continuously. They've been working it for years.

It is repeatable. It produces repeatable results that are able to be validated in less than a month or so, because they're doing these things with these one month look aheads. If we examine Penny Kelly's one month look aheads, she's not very accurate at all. And unlike Dick Algae, where they don't know what they're sketching, they don't know what is the proximate cause for a lot of this stuff, but they have the headline right? So they have the view that we'll all get in what we laughingly call the news and so they can be validated, and they're validated on a monthly process.

We got some kind of major road shit going on here, just what we need. Anyway, so Dick Algae's process is repeatable, all right? They know what they're fucking doing, and they do it repetitiously, and you have a validation on that repetition that is able to be checked over time.

It hang on, I got to do some tricky driving road work, tree work, power guys, okay? They're telling me to go slow. He's too close to that exit area there anyway. Geez, giant low boys. They're bringing in heavy equipment for like, maybe waterline or something or sewer.

Anyway, so Dick Algaeier's stuff I find to have some validity, but mostly I discount Penny Kelly's stuff, right? And this is also the same with Joe's dreams, okay? So anybody can have accurate dream states that are forecasting near immediate future events, all right? This is an understood kind of a thing, but it's entirely subjective how you interpret it and so on. What you think you saw in the dream and the repetition of the dreams successfully is not there.

And even if you have a dream journal and you're keeping track of all of this, you will have a tendency of a bias, of a known bias to make yourself valid in your dreams. And so you'll reinterpret at the time of the events, unlike dick algae's stuff, where they sketch it out, they draw it out, and you can clearly see where they are correct or not. And also there's the issue of timing. But leaving the timing aside, what freaked people out was that we're at like 33, 34,000 on bitcoin, and Joe is saying sell everything when it hits 38,000, sell everything you got and wait for the crash and then buy it back cheap. And I think he's full of shit.

I think that dream of his is fixated in his mind and has no validity relative to that statement that he's making. And he's thinking that gold and silver are going to crash in price, and then he's going to buy Tether, which is tied to the US dollar, which is losing its purchasing power by the moment. So none of that makes a lot of sense, guys.

I'm actually waiting to see if he does it, to see when it hits 38,000, if he sells everything, because he's going to be in a world of hurt. My expectation is that we will still have the $100,000 bitcoin price parties, and at this rate, it might be if we're picking up 20% in seven days and that trend even cut in half, held up, we'd have 100,000 bitcoin prices by Christmas, maybe into January. The dollar is dying, so there is no reason to suspect that there's going to be a crash in anything relative to dollar terms. Why should anything fall in the value of a dollar when the inflation is pushing this hard on the dollar. And my data is showing that January, February, somewhere in there, we're going to get into some serious double digit inflation because of shit the Fed's going to try and do to support all of the Biden regime.

Shit. Biden wants another 100 billion to give to Israel, Taiwan, and Ukraine. Okay? So how does that benefit the United States? It does not.

How does it hurt the United States? It takes all of our resources and sends them overseas, and it creates a vast quantity, a tranche of money that will be coming back here and causing further fucking inflation. And so if you have further fucking inflation, why buy into the dollar? Why sell anything and go into the dollar?

So, anyway. So I think Joe's wrong. I think Penny Kelly is wrong. I think that Penny Kelly's process is not to be trusted. And I don't trust prophetic dreams to continue, okay?

Because dreams are a function. Dreams are highly complex. They don't just happen. No matter how much you want to have a dream, no matter how much you ask your spirit guides to give you a prophetic dream, yeah, you'll dream. But is it meaningful?

Not necessarily. It could be that you're dreaming as a result of the spices in the pizza or something else that you took that day that affects your mental processes. Okay? So this is the problem with Wu, that if you don't have a scientific approach to your psychicness, then you basically have no approach to it, and you're either believing it all the time or you're not. And that's really what it comes down to.

It's really complicated. You can go into it if you read Ingo Swan's Stuff, his books on ESP, he specifically warns against body processes attachment. Okay? So to a certain extent, this also affects, like, Dick Algier, okay? So Dick Algaeier uses a body processes attachment in order to come up with forecasts.

And so what he'll do is he'll get a vision, right? And so he's described this to me repeatedly. And what they do is he gets the remote viewing vision, and he says, oh, it looks like there's this kind of explosion or something, and there's all these woods, and there's a stream here, and over there is a dam. All right? Now, so he's got an explosion.

It's happening out in the woods somewhere, and there is a dam, like a water dam damning. Up a river somewhere that's in reasonable proximity to where the explosion is going to take place. Now, as far as Dick Algaeier's RV visions and all of his people, daz and all these other guys, I trust that, right? That's a pretty good description of an upcoming event, although we don't have magnitude, we don't have location, we don't have timing. And so then what he does is he'll make these little squiggles, so he'll make like four little squiggles.

And one little squiggle will be labeled winter, one spring, one summer, and one fall. And then he'll look at his vision and then he'll go touch the little squiggle that says spring, and then he'll look at his vision and his drawing, and then he'll touch the one that says winter and then fall, et cetera, right, in summer. And whichever one quote feels appropriate, then that's how he determines what timing to apply to it. And so he's using a body processes. Now what if he was taking blood pressure medicine and maybe he had low blood pressure and he took his high blood pressure, his medicine that raises blood pressure and so maybe that makes him, his body respond to this body processes.

So Ingo Swan was not a fan of body processes, mechanisms that are unchecked, okay? So it wasn't like Ingo didn't use these, but he had multiple systemic or systematic and strategic approaches to these processes. So he would never trust a single one. So he might do that same kind of squiggle thing that Dick Algae does, but he's going to use three or four other techniques to validate that because you can't trust your body. Now body responses, especially these days where we've got chemtrails, we've got polluted food, you got 50,000 chemicals that didn't used to exist in our food, all different kinds of shit.

We got electromagnetic radiation. By the way, I just found a 5G light system about a mile and a half from my house out here on the coast. So they're creeping out along here as well. Anyway though, so Ingo had this of effects and even so, he would many times in his writings you see that he's talking about he did not trust this particular body processes. And this turns out to be valid because later on this XYZ happened and it showed that if he had trusted it, he would have been wrong.

And he actually had the psychic intuition to not trust the processes. So he would sort of rely on his body up to a certain extent and then if he got that psychic impression that uh oh, this ain't going right, then he would just ignore it. So he always came back to the mental processes that he had in place and was refining over all of that time anyway. So I don't know that Penny Kelly does any of this, right, and I know Joe doesn't. Joe has a routine of writing his dreams down in a journal and that's basically it.

And then he goes back and he validates. But it's just like with my stuff. Matching words for events is really difficult. That's why I really like the remote viewing that Dick Algier and his group do is because they have the processes that is visual, that is recorded at the time by their sketches and filling in the little grids filling in the little cells in their grid process that allows them to define all the characteristics and to explore the remote viewing vision. I really do think that remote viewing is highly accurate and very worthwhile, but it's also not mechanistic.

And you can lead yourself into trouble by not having these sorts of processes. So, as I say, will Joe sell everything at 38? In my opinion, he'd be a fool if he sold BTC at 38,000. He's going to be an idiot because he won't be able to buy it back. It won't crash, right?

In any event, though, so I don't think his dream is valid. And if he does, then he'll sell everything at 38 and he will suffer the consequences.

Anyway, though, the reason I'm onto this is I got so many damn emails and so many people freaking out because we're so close to 38,000. They want to know, am I going to sell this kind of stuff? And it's like, sell get dollars for bitcoin? Fuck no. Who wants dollars?

Who wants to buy into the biden regime? And that's what you're doing. You're buying into the Fed, you're buying into the deep state if you sell for dollars. Or Tether, tether is a fucking but I won't go into that. And XRP.

Okay. So the only customer for XRP are the banks. And the banks are failing. 39 banks are laying people off right now. 39 banks will be closed by the time we get to Christmas, all right?

That's going to take a big chunk out of the USA banking infrastructure. So where Tether? Where XRP? Both of these fuckers are tied to banks. Tether is a stablecoin that's tied to your inflation, to the US dollar.

And so, in my opinion, anybody buying Tether is an idiot. Same thing with XRP, right? There is no validation, no use for XRP. There's no limit on it. They can create as much as they want.

It's a Fed scheme. It is a central bank digital currency that is owned by the central banks. Don't be deceived by them having been sued by the SEC, all right? Anyway, like I say, it really pissed me off to have to get into that shit first thing in the morning with all these emails. And I was thinking what?

And see, I didn't watch all that. I came in late last night on the stream. I was there for a few minutes while I was making dinner and that was it. I missed most of what everybody said, but I bitched and moaned about them while I was there because I heard Joe said he was going to sell at 38,000. It's like, boy, you're going to freak a lot of people out.

A lot of people don't understand digital currencies. They don't understand what's going on with it. They're acting on faith and trust. And so if you're going to talk, in my opinion, if you're a woo person and you're going to talk about cryptos, you have a big fucking responsibility. You note I don't say shit about what cryptos I might buy or not buy.

I don't give trading advice. I don't get into that. I will never, ever contact any of you people via telegram offering you trading information or get into my trading group or any of that shit. Those are all scammers, okay?

So okay, so now one last thing here on my last little bit into town here, I'm not working. As much as I like Dick Algaeier, as much as I like Daz and the crew, I am not working with Dick Algae's remote viewing groups anymore, okay? This results directly because of the actions of Dick Algaeier's handler, his tasker. So I'm not going to get into the details. It's not pertinent at the moment.

And they're really screwy, and you got to understand the temporality of everything that was going on. But I had worked a recent remote viewing target through Mike, who is the tasker for Dick Algaeier's group, and I was very dissatisfied. In my opinion. There's something flaky going on. And Mike, even if he's honest, okay, even if he's not being duplicitous, his assumptions about reality are so skewed that they impact the targets.

And I have proof in my last RV session with these guys, so I'm not going to be working with them anymore. I had 40 emails and a lot of discussions with Mike, and it didn't resolve well. So I have no hard feelings about Dick or Daz or any of the guys. They do great work. They're going to continue to do great work.

But me personally, I'm not going to interact with Mike and put a target out there for this guy to do the tasking on because of his process and because of the universal view that he has, that, in my opinion, is skewing everything that he does. So just to let you know, I won't be interacting with them anymore. I mean, Dick and I still send emails to each other, that kind of thing. Dick is still doing great work, still showing up stuff a month ahead in detail and all of this sort of thing, right? But these selected targets where Mike is intimately involved in the association for the target itself, in my experience, they've gone wonky twice.

And so I don't want to have a third repetition, especially with the negative actions that came from this last time.

It was a screwed up mess, guys. And it and it kind of like I want to say it's, it brought some crap on my head, okay? And it and it may develop that this, that this last RV target is going to be end up participating and stuff in the future. I'll get into that at some point anyway, though. So just to let you know, I won't be doing stuff with Dick.

But Dick's stuff is quite trustworthy. I really like their monthly reports of what's coming up in the next month. And in any event, so here we are I'm sort of sort of done with my bitching and moaning about the Wu people, but we're coming up into some very serious times. And so the consequences of making statements about the future, especially for things like cryptos, for us Woo guys, are going to escalate very rapidly. All right?

So if you're a Woo guy, you got to be really fucking careful. So what if Joe gets up there and says, hey, I sold everything at 38,500, or whatever the fuck it is, right? By the way, resistance is 38,889. So I think you'd have to wait after that to see if there was going to be any kind of a crash. Nonetheless, what if he says, I sold everything at 35 or 38,500?

Boy, I'm happy now, I got all these tethers. And then what if he says that in such a way that other people think that he's urging them to sell as well? And then they sell and they find themselves in the same predicament as him, which is that you're going to have to spend more money to buy back what you used to have, because there is not going to be that crash. Because the mechanism does not exist for there to be a resurgence in value in the dollar that would cause such a crash to occur. You can't have an effective crash in solid assets.

Gold, silver, bitcoin, ethereum, a few other coins. They will not crash as long as the dollar is becoming weaker and weaker and weaker every day with this massive excessive printing. And so under those circumstances, to think that there is so basically if Joe had that dream, and if we had moves to have the dollar backed by gold or something like that, I could say, yeah, there's actually a mechanism whereby this could occur. But right now there is no mechanism. That way the dollar is not going to get any stronger.

So you're not going to get silver down at $6. You're not ever going to be able to buy that again. And right now, China is thinking about doing a bump where they would deliberately increase the price of silver, cause all kinds of problems through all kinds of industries, but they desperately need this. And I'll get into that at some other point, but they desperately need that for their high tech industry, specifically solar panels. China's got a world of hurt in their economy, and the CCP's top dog financier people are desperate to find ways out and they're trying all of this shit that had been tried in the previous depression, in the 1930s, just prior to that, none of it's going to work, of course, right.

So you're not going to get a crash in any solid asset. We are not seeing crashes in pricing for solid assets like buildings and stuff like that, and land. What we are seeing is a reduction in price as the debt attached to those becomes so excessive. It has to be laid off one way or another. And so we've got houses out here that had been listed at like six and $7 million.

Big fucking houses, 6000 sqft kind of shit, right? They didn't sell, didn't sell for like more than a fucking year. And so they put them up on auction. And so then they sell in auction because the debt is going to go 100% bad. The house would have to be foreclosed if the lenders didn't agree to do this auction reduction.

And that's basically what it is. And so that house that was listed at six some OD millions of dollars, I think it was 6.5 million, that house has sold an auction for something less than half. Okay? We think, I've talked to some people, we think it's about 2.5 million. And so it would have been less than 50.

So 50% of the debt would have been removed. Now, that's not a crash in the house price. That is the debt restructuring that we're going to go through every fucking place all over the fucking planet as a result of the dollar dying. All this debt has to go away and be restructured. And so we will go through periods of that.

But that's not a crash, it'll be a quote crash in solid prices for solid things relative to debt based material. So here's a good example. Recently, just because I won't go into the details, but we have to come to some conclusions about our house and do some stuff here. And so I was looking at housing and just was interested in it. And so I was looking and I found a house that just came up because of the way I worded the search.

And this house was like, I think it was 1.75 million. These numbers really freak me out, but I understand that it's the debt level, it's the degradation of the dollar that causes those numbers to be attached to this house. Right? Anyway, and so this house at 1.75 million had been on the market for like 180 days or something like that. And at the time that I came across it, I wasn't really that interested, but there were some aspects of it.

I talked to my real estate agent friend here and he provided me with some information on it. And I snooped around on the house because of some other ancillary things, like the guy who built it, right, I wanted to maybe contact him, et cetera, et cetera. Anyway, though, so this house at one and three quarters millions ended up selling and they sold for bitcoin, okay? It was not a dollar transaction. How they've done this with the registering of it and all of that, I have no idea.

I didn't look into that. But when the house sold, the 1.75 million value was basically removed. I don't know how the debt was dealt with or any of that. I don't have any of the details. But fundamentally in dollar terms, it sold for about 900,000, but the whole transaction was done in bitcoin.

Now, okay, so this was done when bitcoin was 21,000. So now bitcoin is 34,000. And if you'd sold your house for all bitcoin, you would have had this 30% increase in the amount of money that you had accepted for your house. So if they'd accepted 900,000 back then and it had gone up 30%, they're now back up over 1 million at 1.2 million. And it is still rising in dollar terms relative to the transaction that they had done.

Again, I don't know how they structured the debt or dealt with the banks or any of that shit. It's complicated, guys, and it's going to get ever so much more so, especially next year, as the amount of unreported printing of money creating of digits, the amount of unreported creation of digits actually comes out. And when that happens, we will have some serious freak outs. We'll go from like, say, five or six or 7% inflation from the fed and from mainstream media, and we actually know it's like 18 or 20%, but we'll go to eleven or twelve or 15% per month as it comes out as to how much money has been printed that they didn't tell anybody about.

It's this huge inflation issue that's going to show up for us next year, that's going to precipitate or participate in the degradation of the federal government. I'm expecting millions of employees to just abandon their jobs and walk away because it won't be worth showing up every day to get that measly paycheck that won't even cover your rent or basics later on. Anyway, guys, got to get moving. It's that sam.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich – 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Episode Summary:

Cliff High, a multifaceted individual, shares his journey from a military background to technology and software development. Born to a high-ranking US military officer, Cliff's early life was filled with unique experiences, including interactions with the CIA. He ventured into technology during the era of the gold standard's removal from the US dollar and the rise of the petrodollar. Cliff's technological endeavors spanned from satellite uplinking to software engineering. He developed a software that predicted future events by analyzing internet language patterns. This software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies. Cliff's worldview is shaped by his experiences with psychedelics, which he used as a form of medicine. He believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.

#CliffHigh #Military #Technology #Software #Predictions #9/11 #Psychedelics #Consciousness #Universe #Academia #LanguagePatterns #IntelligenceAgencies #Worldview #GoldStandard #Petrodollar #Satellite #Engineering #FutureEvents #Mainstream #Challenges #Experiences #Medicine #Journey #Insights #Beliefs #Reality #Materium #Novelty #Ontological #MentalHealth #Brother #Death #Life #Existence #Understanding

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff High's diverse background spans from military experiences to technology.
  • He developed a unique software that predicted significant events by analyzing internet language patterns.
  • Cliff's software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies.
  • His worldview is significantly influenced by his experiences with psychedelics.
  • Cliff believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Hello, friends. Today we're going to have the unusual opportunity to be able to talk to Cliff High. I've seen Cliff's interviews with people like and his presentations, really, but with people like my friend Dr. Lee Merritt, and he can talk about almost anything. And I find it always fascinating what he has to tell.

A few of the things which we may touch upon depending on whether we feel like it or not are the Chinese Cultural Revolution because I just watched that interview, which included Lee Merritt, Dr. Lee Merritt, aliens. And, of course is this really a very crucial point in time right now? September, October, and maybe the coming months? I think it is.

And let's see what Cliff has to say. Cliff, what is your background? Because there's hardly anything you can find on the Internet on you not even framing some of that's deliberate. But my background is I was a military brat, so I was in the US. Military as unwilling participant until I was 17 years old.

My father was in a very high echelon in the US. Military, so I got to visit some unusual places under unusual circumstances. He did three tours in Vietnam. Through that, I have some association with CIA and some of their nefarious stuff. And then I was not suited for a collegiate career, so I abandoned that and got married at a young age and went to work.

And I started doing things as I could and eventually moved into technology because when I came of age, it was the removal of the gold standard from the US. Dollar, the creation of the petrodollar, that wave of inflation, and also the degradation that accompanied that offshoring, all of the production and all this kind of stuff. So there was less jobs, so on and so on. But then ultimately the emergence of tech, and I started getting into that at various different levels. I used to do satellite uplink, run a satellite uplink station for At T back in the day.

So I've done all kinds of things relative to technology at many, many different levels, including a lot of programming and software engineering and software debugging and hardware debugging for various different corporations, invention groups, governments. I've taught places like La Luna in Mexico City, largest university around, taught tech there, SQL Server, that sort of thing, networking. And I've got a bunch of patents in various different kinds of software, invented some. Mostly I think the patent office is corrupt, and I don't bother myself with that anymore. And it's like I've done a lot guy.

I mean, I used to work in the woods. I've worked for state government, a subcontractor. I got bored easily, so I could never be an employee. And also I would usually get irritated with stupidity, and someone would fire me. So of all of the many jobs I've had, I've been fired more times than I've actually quit.

But most of the time you must have been self employed then. Yes, correct. Mostly, I'm self employed. Yes. Like I say, I've got patents and I got into bitcoin.

So I saw bitcoin, all right? So I invented this process way back in the day with computers that I thought was very interesting. And then I discovered something I was trying to back in the day in the came up with this idea that humans leaked out present information from the future. Now, I do not in any way ascribe to the idea that there's a timeline ahead of us that's fixed that in any way, shape or form, or different timelines. That is a bogus view of the future.

The future exists right out in front of us. It's just this huge maelstrom of just stuff spewing. Out of that potentiality we get probability, and out of probability we get actuality. Okay? So it is indeterminate until the point of actuality.

However, my software, my idea was to figure out what people were talking about relative to commercial products by scraping the internet really quickly and running it through a big analysis, and therefore see what people's interests were in companies and get there ahead of them and buy that stock ahead of them buying it, right? So it was just a money making scheme very first time I ran it, which was in. So I got the idea in 1993 going to La uni. It'd been in the back of my mind since the early eighty s, and it just because I'd been working with artificial intelligence and early object oriented programming, all these various different languages and stuff. Anyway, I get on the airplane to go to La UNAM to teach this course.

It's in the middle of the night, I'm flying 747 from Seattle down, and the plane gets hit by lightning. Now, here was something that I got hit twice, and I'm thinking about things as I'm usually doing. I'm sitting there and before we get struck by lightning the first time, all the hair on my body stands up and I became very energized and aware of it. And then the lightning strike. So of course we understand lightning doesn't come down and strike, right?

A static charge builds up and then the lightning jumps off of things. Grasp that. So I was in there and my body caught the static charge of that lightning strike going off. And then I noticed the conversations around me, people, for that next couple of minutes, they were speaking in an odd sort of a way. They were leaking a prescient view of that lightning strike, the next one, and it indeed happened like three minutes later.

And so the idea sort of struck me that people it was confirmed rather at that point, because I'd had the idea for some period of time that we are psychic beings and that as such, we leak out our prescient impressions in our choice of language unknown to ourselves. In the main, right, we're not aware we're doing this. We're not aware that we've got nine choices of a noun for this particular kind of an object, and which one we choose is an emotional reaction on our part. But we're not sure what's driving that emotion. And frequently it's something in the future that's going to manifest.

And that's why we choose that word over some other word to describe the exact same thing. Makes sense. It does make sense. Okay, so I was going to patent this, and I ran into some big difficulties, so I said, screw it, and I just started doing it. And so from 93 until 97, I wrote the software that was necessary to do this.

Bear in mind we're talking old 256 machines, right? Finally got myself a server in 97, and I did a run, and that is I scraped as much as the internet as I possibly could, bearing in mind that only about 3% of the internet at any given time is actually indexed in google. There's vast quantities of stuff you just don't see. In any event, though, so I scrape all this and I started getting information. It took me a couple of years to work it out, but I got a view coming up of the attack on 911, and it was difficult because I didn't have all the language defined, so I was working ABC.

It was methodical, right? Just defining all the language going forward, applying all these metrics to all the words so that I could catch them and analyze them. I just hadn't gotten to terrorism, right? So I was still down into military, but I had accident and military, and so accident and military were combined by my software, which was using, admittedly, an artificial intelligence kind of an approach for a large language model analyses way back in the day that you could have done on those servers. The limitation was the hardware.

In any event, though, not to be drilling into it too much, I got a prescient view of the 911 attack and I got it and I posted it, I think it was like June twelveTH of that year. So a number of months before it actually popped up. And it was just a little 45 or 50 word blurb. And then of course, we get the 911 attack, and it's like, uhoh, I'm sitting on something here, right? And from then on, things started changing, and I just started getting more and more into that, and less and less doing consulting and doing these other things.

Extremely interesting. It sounds a little bit like, but not confined to economics, a little bit of the computer program that martin armstrong. Armstrong, yep. Yep. What's, he not goliath socrates.

He called his socrates, right? I called mine a pain in the ass, because it was not a single program, right? I had chunks of code in lisp, I had chunks of code in prologue. I was running lots of it in perl, a lot of it in C code because it was sort of being invented as I was going along. I didn't organize it when I first set out because, well, I organized it to be a money making scheme.

And then the first time I ran it, it blew that right out of the water, and I said, oh, well, screw that. I don't have to worry about that. This is really fascinating. And what was it you're saying? It was just a little blurb.

You wrote what was it? How precise? I wrote a little thing saying that within 85 days, and I thought it would happen closer to June than to the end. The reason that that happened was because I had the sign, the positive or negative sign on my values reversed. I'm dyslexic.

So I just had them swapped because the data said it should go towards this particular value. But I had that value being closer to June twelveTH than 911, right? So if I'd had it reversed, it would have pegged it for 911. But it was about 35 words that said there was going to be a military accident that was going to alter the world. It would involve attacks on the US.

In at least two spots, and that these attacks would be from the air, would involve loss of life, and would precipitate law, which was the Patriot Act, of course, which they'd already had 29,000 pages or whatever the hell it is, cranked out waiting for this episode. Right? And so from that point on, things started getting really weird for me. It brought in the attention of the CIA and the FBI and this kind of thing, so it got really goofy. Well, so here's a couple of similarities.

I don't want to sound arrogant, but I enlisted with the German Army. I enlisted for twelve years. After a year, I realized I can't work with these idiots because my father kind of persuaded me it's a safe job, and you can go to law school, which wasn't true. They don't teach law there, but you can go to school, and they're going to pay for it. So it's the safety thing that prompted me to do it.

But after about a year, I realized, no way. Most of these people are complete idiots. Some of them are leftovers this is in the late 1970s. Some of them are leftovers from the Third Reich. Later I worked at the university and several universities, and then I became a banker for Deutsche Bank in Tokyo.

A banker, not a lawyer. And again I realized I can't work for idiots. So without trying to be arrogant, it makes no sense to work for other people, I don't think. At least for some of us it doesn't. But from what you're telling us, you would be the perfect example of what they used to call the polymath, because you go way beyond the Internet, and it business.

You must have had an almost insatiable appetite to take a closer look at all the things that didn't really make sense to you. That's true. Okay, so also I was in Germany in the 60s. My father's position put me into a diplomatic cadre. So I went to school with British diplomat kids, Italian diplomat kids.

So in terms of a polymath, I was also polilingual, learning Russian, this kind of thing, as well as German, Italian, French at all. So that's quite true. There's another component there and that is that my younger brother was a full on schizophrenic, totally non functional, right? And so I am a schizotypical in that regard. But this is atypical because usually it's the elder brother that becomes the schizophrenic, not the younger.

Right? Usually it's the younger that survives as the schizotypical. Again, not usually the case. So we were atypical in that regard.

It is quite factual. It's factual to say that I believe that I suffered schizophrenia to a great degree even greater than what killed my brother. Okay? The difference is that at a very young age I was sort of warned by a shaman in the Tinglet area in Alaska when we were up there when I was like five or six years old. And so I sort of paid attention to him when I then became very dysfunctional in my teens.

And so I sought the remedy he suggested, which was death will cure me. So I sought through psychedelics to kill myself. And so it was to kill myself or cure myself. Well, I actually did end up dying from a bad drugs that I purchased once. So that kind of worked, right?

And so so I died at age 16 and in that death experience I realized what was going on. And then when I came back from that death experience, I was thrown back quite abruptly. It was very harsh. And so I came back and I thought about things very deeply for a long time while continuing psychedelic medicine, not adventuring, not recreation, but medicine for me because I could take psychedelics and not the synthetics, it doesn't work with like LSD or ecstasy or any of those, right? For me it was mescaline and psilocybin and it truly was a medicine.

But it's an interesting medicine because you take the medicine, then you might have an integration process that goes for two or three or four months from having had that episode. Now I was taking shamanic levels, okay? So I experienced voyaging to places like Joe Rogan would tell you that he went to On DMT, but because I was doing it with mescaline, which is my favorite. And you'll note that that is one of the drugs that no one allows to have anywhere around on this planet, right? They don't even want you messing with that for medical reasons.

They'll let you have heroin, fentanyl, any damn thing you want that'll kill you, but they don't want you to have mescaline. But anyway and after that, it was psilocybin, but I would go for twelve and 15 hours journeys where Joe Rogan would go there for ten minutes. And so that shaped my worldview from that point on, from, say, age 16, because at that point, I died. It was actually the second time I had died, okay? So I died once when I was, like nine and a half from drowning.

And again, something the shaman had told me from the tribal experience in Alaska. He said that the fourth time would be the one. So I've died three times, so I can't afford to screw around anymore. Anyway, so I died from drowning. Then I died from the bad drugs, and then many years later, I died from the colon cancer.

But in all three experiences, the death experience was the same. So I knew that I was onto something. And the first time it happened with the kid, and when I was that young, it didn't really gel in my mind what was going on. Right. The second time, though, after the drugs, it was like, okay, what I've been told and everything I can find to read about reality is wrong, that things are not as I am experiencing them, and I'm already messed up enough in my mind.

I'm going to go with me. I'm going to just say, no, it's not me. And until I prove otherwise, it's all you guys. All you guys are wrong. So let's see what's going on here.

And so I started getting into the woo of it all, the esoteric, the very fringe stuff, right? And so I have a worldview that is unlike probably most people, and certainly is unlike all people that have come out of academia at any level, because academia is formed by the Khazarian mafia, all right? Academia supports the plagiarist Einstein, and that worldview, okay? That worldview says that if you take enough grit and you mash that grit together enough, and you get a big pile of that grit together, at some point that grit will become conscious, and thus consciousness arises. Okay?

That is false, all right? That is not the way that reality works. I've been dead three times, and each time I understand, you get a bigger view of reality. So when I die, I understand that grit does not exist. So my reality is this, that the only thing that exists is consciousness with the big C, okay?

And one day, consciousness decided that it was bored, it knew everything and was everything. And so suddenly something happened to consciousness, and an idea struck it. This idea was ontological in and of itself in the sense that the idea was novelty. The idea of novelty was novel to consciousness. Consciousness got sort of a kick out of it.

And so consciousness wanted to pursue novelty, and that's why we all exist, okay? Because what consciousness did was to shove aside some of itself and create the material. And that's where we are where our asses are matter and can sit on something, right? And then it took little bits of itself and enclosed them in matter and shoved them down into this experimental place that we all exist, that I call the materium, because everything in here is matter based. Yeah.

Okay. So we exist as consciousness. No amount of accumulation or squeezing of grit will ever induce it to become conscious. Therefore, that paradigm is 100% wrong, and it leads to wrong think in any number of directions that you may and perhaps all directions that you may care to pursue. Right?

And so since that dawned on me back then, I've been diligently pursuing correct think as opposed to the wrong think that is based on the idea that grit uberales right? And it's not. This must have struck a nerve with many people. It struck a nerve with me. And by the way, I just have to tell you this when you told the story about your brother my brother is manic depressive.

He's five years younger than I am, and he's been treated with all kinds of drugs. Took himself off the drugs. He's still alive, but he was never really functioning. Like I said, he's five years younger. Weird.

Very weird that I survived this. But I was lucky. Or in a way, I was lucky. I was the center of attention because I was the first child, both from my mother's side of the family, my father's side of the family.

And I always blamed myself that maybe I got too much attention and my brother didn't, and there's a sister in between, but I don't know. I don't know how to figure it out. I just felt that I have to tell you this now that you told us the story about your brother. So he passed away? Yeah, he died many years back.

The schizophrenia has a terrible toll, right? Terrible, terrible toll on all aspects of him. Because, of course, he tried, as I did, to self correct, but he could not take the route I did. For whatever reason, I was determined to kill myself. So I was very strong in my resolve.

Right? It wasn't that I was seeking a cure, because it was like, well, maybe there's one out there. I mean, the shaman had said that if I did this sort of thing, I would survive until the fourth time death came for me. And so I thought, okay, well, what the hell, and I'm certainly not making any progress as it was at that time. Mescaline and Psilocybin were very good teachers.

I think they're very powerful. They're not for everyone. And the way they worked for me was the shamanic level of doses, right, where you actually have to have someone watching you while you're on the trip because you're gone. Now, that was interesting for me, too, because it informed my reality in terms of the flat earth, the reptilians from David Icke, et cetera. Et cetera, right?

So I don't know if it was because of a schizophrenic mind or because of some other quirk of my physiology, but I could go to this place I called Hyperspace and be there for some period of time where others were zipping in and out. And even when they were there, some people would come and trip with me. Right? We'd take masculine and groups and so on, and you would actually have sort of a telepathic link up, but you'd end up going to hyperspace together, and they were never able to stay there for much more than a few seconds. And I could be there for hours or what at least seemed like hours, right?

And for people around me, it would seem like hours as well. And so in that experience of dealing with hyperspace, the very first time I went there, I encountered pure evil, okay? And it was evil that wasn't arrogant, it was evil that was indifferent. And there is no evil more evil than evil that is indifferent, because I encountered something that well, I didn't know what to expect. In any case, I wasn't really looking for anything, but I popped into an area, and it was only later and subsequent trips that I realized that this area was unusual, that this area was under control, because I popped into somebody's hyperspace lab, okay?

They had taken hyperspace that if you go to Joe Rogan, he'll tell you that every molecule in hyperspace is active and talking to you continuously while you're there doing stuff. It's energetic, it's intelligent and so on. So it is the most busy place you can imagine.

How did you know it was evil? Oh, because of the feeling. Well, I'll tell you what happened was I popped into an area that was not like that. So my first experience of hyperspace was it was relatively calm and it was empty, except for this very it was an empty lab. I recognized it as a lab, okay?

Even though there's no walls, there's no ceiling or anything like that. But there was this one being that was there that looked very much like a smoothed out form of an insect sort of manted, like having multiple rear legs that allowed it to stick up, and having four sets of arms to manipulate, right? And this was its physical presentation in hyperspace. At that time, I didn't realize I was merely a sphere. I had yet to learn to grow my body in hyperspace, right?

So I was just simply consciousness. And every consciousness that pops into hyperspace initially is simply spherical, because that's the most efficient form to take. Anyway, this being was doing things, and it was irritated at me, and it made a movement with one of its arms and literally blew me out of there like a fly knocking a fly out of the room. And I was suddenly out into real hyperspace with all of the chaos and all the beings and all of this sort of thing. And I sort of turned around and looked and I could see the barrier that this bug had erected.

And then I popped back to my body here and then in the process there somewhere I got an attitude and I thought, Damn bug. And so I went back and deliberately popped into his place again, and it shocked him. And then we had contention as it tried to get rid of me, and I resisted. And so that's when I discovered I had power in hyperspace, that my mind had the ability to influence events that might occur beyond simply my body. I still had yet to realize I didn't have a body.

I was simply a sphere. So the bug was just batting at me as a sphere that whole time anyway. So at some point, it gave up and just let me be there. And at some point beyond that, I got bored and went on out and explored the rest of hyperspace. And then I met some really cool beings that were also at war with the bug.

And as to the evil part of it, it told me it was evil by the way it stood there vibrating. And it was totally indifferent. So it wasn't like it hated me or anything like that. I was as insignificant to it as a mosquito is to me. But it had evil intent to everything.

That was not it. I learned a great deal about the bugs. So I learned that the bugs are most effective and most energetic and evil when they're young, okay? Because they just come out of chrysalis and they have all their mind and everything right there. As they age, they lose a lot of their abilities as we do.

They cannot learn over time. The guy was they are desperate to do so, but their species does not do that because learning is done in pupi, not as an existent being. That amount of learning they have is just so small and they resent it from the rest of us. And so that's one of the reasons that I thought of it as evil, is because it does not like beings that can learn in real time. So the indifference that you encounter is that sort of like when you watch some of these movies where there's a crime scene and the perpetrator, the evil killer just walks off the scene and doesn't even look at the victims.

But just in case he didn't kill them all, he fires off another round of bullets and then just walks off without even looking at the victims. Is that the kind of indifference? Worse than that. Much worse than that. Okay, so at least in those sorts of scenes, that guy would acknowledge that there were victims.

Yeah. Okay. In this case, no. The bug thinks it's over everything. The bug actually creates reptilians as a tool.

So the bug uses what we might think of as organic life forms, as robots in the way that we use mechanistic forms. It prefers to do as little work as possible. But there's also the issue of the way in which the bug is organized and its social order is organized. The ruling bugs are born, and then they age up a certain point doing things and then the very next generation comes in and is their boss. Right.

There's an experience gap. But this new group has a lot of the experience that they've had that's been inculcated into them in the growing process of becoming a bug. So it's just this weird interpersonal relationship because at some point I came back. So I did maybe five, six years of mescaline. And at some point I came back and the lab had a new boss.

And the old bug that I had met was still there. But there was this young, very nasty bug that was there that tried the same I'm going to kick you out. But I realized that you can throw in hyperspace. You can throw up a mind barrier and they can't make you do anything. They can't physically affect you.

It irritated them, and they collapsed the lab at that one point and just took it away. And so I don't know if they relocated it or what. And I never sought it after. Okay. Before, I would like to ask you about the Khazarian Mafia, which you just mentioned.

But Dogma wants to ask a question. Go ahead. Hi, Cliff.

I was initiated in 76 by Enlightened Master who tried to convey to us to me that only consciousness is real. And on this inside, I'm still working. It's difficult with all this grit around yes. To really understand it. But I really don't understand what you mean by bark and by hyperspace.

What do you mean? And another question is another question. Do you know came across the name of Pimfan Loma?

He was a heart surgeon from Holland, born 43. And he started when this whole near death experiences surfaced in the he became interested and asked his patients who had these death experiences and came back. He asked them whether they had these kind of experiences. And he got really into this whole topic as a normal medical doctor. It was quite exceptional.

And because he says it would blow the whole medicine understanding if one allows that. And he noticed that about 30% of his patients who had this complete knockout they reported kind of near death experiences with light and all this stuff.

And then he started giving worldwide lectures about and he also says that he thinks also he says, I'm not spiritual, but it looks that the consciousness is not in us, but we are in the consciousness. Let him answer the first question first. What about the bugs? All right, so we'll do that. Let's not forget the other, though.

Okay, so the bugs look like bugs, all right? And they. Have a lifestyle that is like bugs and their structure, their societies are organized like bugs. So they are bug like in that regard. They are projecting bodies in hyperspace that are chitinous, that have bug like joints.

Now, this can be an illusion, okay, in hyperspace. All right? So let me back up our material. I'm going to draw this as though this was a factual understanding of this, okay? So this is just to give you the idea, but our materium is cut out of consciousness and created.

And we could say that our materium has this like a border or a wall all the way around it. And we would think of this as our physical universe, okay? So in my opinion, our physical universe is bounded and this forms the material by a barrier that is created by consciousness. That barrier is hyperspace, okay? So that barrier is another form of consciousness.

It is closer to ultimate big consciousness out here on the other side of materium. And it is not as though our consciousness here enclosed in matter. When you go towards to leave the material, it'd be like you would go into a spongy wall and so you would leave. And all this area in here is hyperspace. This is weird because it has no dimensions, right?

It's not a particular length or width or has no location or anything like that. It has nothing that would define it within the material itself because it is the boundary walls of the material. When we go there, it's just another form of consciousness, a thicker, denser form of consciousness. In that denser form of consciousness, our consciousness is quite happy, right, because it's the same stuff. Consciousness is consciousness, so it can move freely.

Our consciousness retains its discrete orientation when in hyperspace and is in within its own self control. I don't know that either of those conditions exist on the other side of this wall, okay? Because that's the other side is where we would consider death. All right? Now, when I died, I went to hyperspace.

Not the same way that you do when you take psychedelics though, right? So in my death experience, all right, let's not go there yet, okay? So hyperspace allows for anybody's consciousness, for however you want to get there, to get to that spot. So I knew when I was there that there were other beings that were taking psychedelic drugs or the functional equivalent on their planets. These were beings from other planets, other places that were also there in consciousness.

With me, there are creatures or mechanisms that only exist in hyperspace. These are the little elves that Terrence McKenna encounters, the little mechanistic, little kind of activity kind of things, right? And I've had those. So I went to hyperspace. Before my brother died, I used a particular kind of a technique.

It was a shamanic technique, but not shamanic levels. It was what we might think of as like micro dosing. Okay? But you use a special technique for ingesting it as well as for the preparatory in terms of, like, meditation. Okay?

And I wanted to know what my brother was going to be facing when he died. And so I went to hyperspace. Then I went to the edge of the hyperspace, intent on going out here as I'm going into that wall in hyperspace to look through, to see what my brother is going to be facing. I encountered these little machine elves, a whole little rack of them. You never see one.

They're just always in groups. And they were on this rickety old shelf that was just sitting out there in nowhere. One of them hops down and walks on over to me and says, don't go there, don't go there, don't go there. And so in hyperspace, I shocked myself because my true personality comes out. And so I was very arrogant and I said, you can't tell me anything, little man.

And I did the gesture and blew him back up onto his shelf with my mind. Boom, he goes back up on his shelf. And then I went out there. Now that little bastard was right. I should not have done this, but I learned what I needed to do right when I needed to, but it wasn't a pleasant experience and it'll marmy the rest of my days.

So hyperspace is not physical. It doesn't have a physical location, but it does, in my opinion, have a reality and a location, even if that location can't be defined in terms of up, down, right or left kind of things, right, in terms of those kinds of coordinates. The bug is extra hyperspace. So the bug is not one of those beings that exists there, but it has a tendency to think that it owns the place because it is so powerful, it can do stuff there. And the bug as a race is perhaps the oldest thing around.

Okay? The other beings I encountered in hyperspace that were willing to and able to speak with me, a lot of them are like, not able to speak, they would want to, but they're all zapped out on psychedelics in their own realm and not able to communicate. There's only very few beings you can encounter that can sit you down and instruct you on what's going on. And I met some of these fortunately or guided by divine wisdom or whatever the hell, and they taught me how to deal with things. In hyperspace, one of the first things they teach you is to how to express a body.

And so it's very much like a cartoon. You just sort of like blow out a body that would look like human. Most of us in hyperspace that have that ability and do that are bilaterally symmetrical hominids. So that appears to be a template here in the material. And so we'll probably encounter hominids all over the universe, our material universe here there are many that were not and many that chose not to show themselves for whatever reason, that were far more paranoid than I.

And I could go on for hours about those journeys. But I don't know that much of it is really pertinent to most people because they won't go there and they should not. Okay, let's take two steps back into the three dimensional world that most of us understand better than hyperspace. You mentioned the Kazarians. This is an important question or topic, rather, because most of us this is true for me, at least over the last three years.

I was not really aware of what was really going on before this pandemic. This is what brought things into perspective and prompted me to ask questions and dig deeper and deeper. But most of us are now trying to figure out who is it? Who is responsible? Is it the bilderbergers?

Is it the freemasons? Who is it? Can we only see the puppets? What about the Khazarian mafia, then? Okay, so you're correct.

We can only see the puppets. So if you see them, they're not in charge, right? So Bill Gates isn't in charge. Klaus Schwab, none of these guys. Okay, so here's my understanding of it.

This relates to the space alien invasion, all right? So thousands of years ago, space aliens came to Earth. They declared themselves to be our gods. They did this in India, they did this in Greece, they did this in Japan, they did this in the Middle East, everywhere, mesoamerica. And they were very brutal.

And they demanded that we kill a lot of our own people so that they could get high sniffing the burned adrenal gland complex, okay? Because they get high on oxidized adrenaline, massively. So. And these guys are warped mentally, all right? So they did experiments.

Their experiments are on genetic experiments. Their experiments on the base level of population that they discovered here are on the same order as our experiments. We cannot insert a gene there's no such thing as gene editing where we're inserting a gene into a chromosome, nor are we inserting chromosomes into any other being. We do not have that capability. The Kazarian mafia lies about that continuously.

They want the general public to think that we can do those things, and we cannot. We have this device called CRISPR. And it's called CRISPR because it burns out genes and chromosomes, not because it puts any in. So our only ability to alter things is by extracting, by destroying DNA at some level. So that needs to be borne in mind, okay?

Because that's what happened to us. So all primates have 24 chromosomes, 24 pairs of chromosomes, except humans. We have 23. The nub that we have a nub. So if you get in here and you look at our chromosomic descriptor, it'll show that between you have this one branch, that's number one.

Then you have number two. And then on all other primates, it goes on to number three. What we have is that we have this we have this kind of a situation where there's a burn mark right there, and our number three is now our number two. And so we only have 23 pairs of chromosomes, so we're genetically modified, okay? So there's no other beings on this planet that have positive genetic modifications in the sense of insertion of genes.

That may have happened in the far, far distant past, but everybody that's come here and mucked about since has done so by extracting stuff, not by putting it in. Okay? So now the space aliens come down and they're intent on modifying us for their own purposes, whatever those may be. And so they set about modifying various different populations. Not all populations of humans could be modified as well as others.

And so some populations were favored, okay? And so in our map of our reality here, the space aliens had huge bases in Mesoamerica. They were kind of centered, equatorially, right? But there was a big area up in here because they had taken over India and spread out into China and up into the various regions of central Eurasia. In that area, they took over a population that later on became the Khazarians, okay?

The centralized area here between northern India and between Europe was the Khazarian Empire. That group was taken over by the same group of space aliens that later on went down and took over the people of South Yemen and they marched them up the Red Sea to take residence in Judea. And these were the people of the Bible, okay? These were Moses and Adam and Eve and all of that. These were all GMO people, right?

They took over these twelve tribes down here after they abandoned the Kazarians. There was some little bit of success with the Kazarians, and then something happened. Now I'm putting the space aliens abandoning the Khazarians to a war that was going on between the space aliens groups. Various different groups of the space aliens. Whoever had taken over the Khazarians were defeated by the space aliens that had taken over India.

The larger mass of them. And this group that had been dealing with the Khazarians abandoned the Khazarians. That's a key element here, okay? They abandoned them after creating some level of genetic modification. Now the Khazarians themselves, at their core, will claim that they're the only group on the planet that have an additional gene, that it actually is the first time of a gene insertion.

That's why that's their claim to fame, right? What I actually think happened was that the space aliens adapted Homo capensis, the cone heads, and they did a genetic modification on them. And that's what produced the Kazarians, okay? And the inner Kazarian Mafia. So Rothschild, the Rothschild family is a conehead remnant anyway, so we keep going with this.

The Kazarians are of the opinion that they're genetically modified in a way that's different than all the other humans. And in fact, there's some reason to suspect that they have an additional little tiny bit of DNA here that I call the dongle that was not really effectively scrubbed. So when the gene was edited or the chromosome was edited, a little tiny bit remains. And they think that makes them special somehow. In any event.

So the people that took them over, left them, abandoned them up here and took these other people over down here and created all of our Bible history. And you read about it as the El. As the elohim. As the actual space aliens. If you go read Naked Bible morrow Biglino it's there in plain sight.

Anyway, the Khazarians got really pissed. They were upset. They have this huge angst over being abandoned by the El. The Elohim who then go on and do their genetic modifications, create Adam eve and know really cooking along, right? Go along to create Jesus and so on.

Those are the same space aliens as had created the Khazarians. Later on, the Khazarians discovered that their space aliens had done this and were now located down here in Judea. So about depending on history, anywhere from 500 to 1000 years pass. And the Khazarians get into a pickle with their neighbors, the Russians and the Europeans and the Turks, because the Khazarians, like the El, the people that had taken over them, have this habit of going out and stealing children, cutting them open and smoking out the adrenaline, right? They're adrenochromatics.

And so the Khazarians align themselves with the Judeans and create the Jews, okay? There's no word for Jew in the Bible. It doesn't show up. It's a modern insertion. And so this is a more accurate history.

If you go read, as I say, the Naked Bible morrow the Glino, and look at some of his works and so on, absolute word for word translation. So there's nothing hidden, right? So if you go to modern translation, it says God every time the word l pops up or Elohim. And they never say gods, right?

It's a con job in that sense. So now the Khazarians, now claiming to be Jews and making the Judeans also into Jews, set off on all of the history that we've all lived through. So now here's the thing about the Khazarians, okay? So the Khazarians are the ashkenazi. Okay.

But the Ashkenazi, they don't have a clue as to what's going on with the Khazarians. The ashkenazi are normies. Okay. They're as deluded as any other normie, okay? They believe the history they've been told, which is obscured, and they believe that they were chosen.

They believe all of this stuff. Most of them don't read Hebrew. So mostly Jews don't read the Bible in Hebrew, and mostly they just rely on the word from the rabbis as to what it actually says. So it's kind of like with the Bible. Same story as with the Bible.

Exactly. It's bogus. All the way through, right? And so I like knowing what's going on. Basically because of the paranoid schizophrenia.

There's something about that, right? Most people don't understand this schizophrenics and other people that suffer very acute mental illnesses, they don't necessarily hallucinate, but they don't have a for sure indicator that what's appearing in front of them is solid and material, right? So it's not necessarily a hallucination for them to say, are you real? There's some indication here a fog or something, right. That makes me think that there's some fuzziness here, right?

And once you go to hyperspace and you understand that we're all in consciousness and we're all encapsulated little bits of consciousness, thinking we're living in a totally material world, then you understand that there are things in our material world that are not necessarily as material as everything else. And thus we have all of the issues of ghosts and all of these kind of things, right? And then too, let's get into the other functional part of the woo of the weird view of this. Once you understand this, you can become a very powerful martial artist, okay? And you can become a very powerful shaman once you grasp this view.

So the second time I died and I understood this, I died. I rolled off of my bed, I'd been poisoned by bad drugs that were sold to me as mescaline and who the hell knows what they were? But they killed me. And so I roll off the bed and fall on the ground and my body is dead. At that point I leave my body, I'm 16 and a half, something like that.

And just like with hyperspace, I find myself spherical. Only in this case, there's two very large spheres up over my head, somehow able to the size of a soccer stadium but somehow fitting in my room. And then there's eleven other smaller spheres that are all clustered together, moving around, okay? And they're all clustered together and there's a space missing, there's a space for a twelveTH sphere. And so I'm a sphere, I'm dead.

So I figure, what the hell? So I float on up there, okay? So the other two large spheres, one of them is my knower and another one is my thinker, okay? And so I realize instantly, oh, none of the memories I've ever had are in my head, none of the memories are in my body. And I realized all these different kinds of things instantly upon being dead and encountering this, I also realized, oh, I'm the doer in the body.

So this is the thing guys. If you want a real detailed understanding of this, you can read us a book. It's 1080 pages and there is not one word in there that is excess. They went and they worked that book over to make sure there was not one excess word. It was written in the 50s by Harold Percival.

It's called thinking and destiny. There's a free version online. I like paper books, so I've got a couple of paper versions of it, but you can read it in PDF form. Anyway, so I realized at that point that I'm the doer in the body, as are you. Okay?

And so we have a very special obligation and activity. And the old saying is quite true. Ours is not to reason why, ours is to do then die. Okay? And so we are here to perform things, to do tasks both for ourselves and for our grander selves, but also for the universe in general.

So we are as important to the materium as the little machine elves are to hyperspace. We are a mechanism within materium for the creation of novelty. Okay? That's the point. Getting back to this universe was bored.

Consciousness was bored. It wanted to see if it was possible that something outside of itself could be created that it would not know about ahead of time. And if you really think about that, it's everything, it knows all. That's a really difficult task to achieve, right? And so it sets us up with all of these weirdnesses that there might be random.

And so as a computer programmer, I was instantly destroyed to realize that the RND function in assembly language was not truly random. It only picked a number between these particular rain in this particular range and it did so in a very deterministic way. And you could expand it and make it so that humans couldn't pick that number. But nonetheless, it's deterministic. It's not truly random.

And so there is no truly random anything within the universe at all. And it is merely an illusion that we think that that might be the case. And it's necessary that most of us have that illusion in order that we might be able to do the things that we do as the doers in the body. But what we do when we die is we go on up to this larger the group of eleven, join it and become the doer in the body. But outside of having any body, and then the next one of those spheres takes off with a body.

So we live in sequence. As far as I know, there's always eleven on the sidelines and only one active at any time. Okay? There's six are female and six are male. And those never change.

So every one of my lives are going to be male. There's a reason for this.

Yeah. What is the reason? It's multiplicitous. None of it relates to us. Okay.

It is necessary that as a male that you have this male attributes whether or not you're actually in a body and that you deal with being male in and out of bodies. Okay? So we can expect a wide range of experience with each and every one of our incarnations and we will have millions of these. All right? So the saying is that to become a human takes 85 million incarnations, that there is a spark of life.

It's put out there. It's a bacterium. And if that spark, for whatever reason, and we could get into that, but it's not meaningful. But for whatever reason, it continues, it will progress. So it's progress or discontinuation.

There's no hold line. Right. And so there are a lot of humans, doers in the body that can't take it, that psychic whatever, is not strong enough to take the abuse of being in the material. And there are beings that will basically disappear because they can't get enough of the doers in the body to hang together as a unit of twelve. Right?

So there's some risk. So you can't, for instance, go and repeatedly commit suicide. At some point, the universe will give up on you. Right.

If you read through Thinking and Destiny, you get some idea of some of these things that actually are manifest. And I know that these are true because long before I encountered the book Thinking and Destiny, I learned all this stuff in hyperspace, talking to these other beings, right. Because they wanted to talk. Hyperspace is an interesting place because we are as interesting to them as they are to us in terms of alien experience. Right.

Now back to the male and the female thing. This brings me to the topic you discussed with Lee Merritt, dr. Lee Merritt. When you're talking about the Chinese Cultural Revolution, and one of the aspects was how they created or tried to make men into women. I forget the exact context, but it was about hairy something.

What happened there? The hairy crabs. Yeah, that's what it is. Okay. Those people that were going to create the Communist state in China were Khazarians, okay?

Khazarians invented communism. Karl Marx was a Khazarian. Engels was a Khazarian. The Khazarian banking establishment, bear in mind, they own all the central banks. The Khazarians have conquered planet Earth, and we're in the process of a counter.

We're in the process of a revolution or an insurgency against the ruling banking elite. Right? The Khazarian mafia. Okay. So the Khazarians created all of this.

They do. So they created Russian Revolution. They created the Communist revolution in China. But they moved in into China, I want to say maybe 20 years before there was any activity at all. They had Khazarians moving into China, setting up all of the necessary organizations that would need to be there for the rise of whoever they picked to be the Communist leader.

And they ultimately picked Mao. One of the ways that they do these Communist revolutions is to upset the social order in communism. In the old way, they could mostly do it around economics with the idea know, everybody would be equal and there would be no longer any of this great corruption disparity. And they, of course, the Khadzari and Mafia were the ones that were doing the corruption, so they could use that and exacerbate it. Et cetera, okay?

Now, when they come into China, they start using a new technique, which was the disruption of those things that are solid. So basically, what they want to do any way they can in order to foment a revolution, communist takeover, is to disrupt your association, your grounding in reality. And so if they can deground you from your sexuality and claim that gender is uber olives, all of this kind of thing, it's the same level of effectiveness as if they can get you to believe you're a cat, they destroy your identity. Correct. And they unhinge you from your reality, your family, everything that supports you, and therefore your mind can be reprogrammed, so to speak.

Right? And so basically they're trying to in my opinion, they're trying to take all of the social order on a trip, right? And this is why I see all of these people and it's like, no, I've been to hyperspace. You people are not scary. You're not even that funny.

And so that's really what's going on. Now, the Harry Krabs in China, they did exactly what they are doing here, and they took a 25 year period of time to disrupt the Chinese social order to the point that they even started doing gender transitioning surgeries and the whole thing there, right? And so this would have been in the late 20s. They really began that in earnest, and so they'd been working on it for some period of time. And then we come up to the Chinese revolution, which takes forever because of the nature of the Chinese attachment to society, confucianism family, all of that, right?

So China was a real tough nut for the Communists to crack, much more so than the US. Because we'd already started drifting away from our familial associations when they started assaulting us in the late eighty s and ninety s. But they have to do that. The Hairy Crabs was a name that was applied to the trans people in China that they used as spies. There was a particular guy in what we would think of as the CCP.

He actually predated the CCP, and he created the whole trans movement in China. And he used the trans people as basically an army spies, prostitute spies and assassins. And it was anything but. So just as antifa is being used by the same people that used the trans people, and antifa is mostly trans, that's just basically another reincarnation of the Hairy Crabs. It doesn't work as well here in Western society as it did for the takeover of Communists of China.

China, I think it's really in its waning. Okay? So we've reached the peak, and we're starting to fall away from that. And there's going to be very disruptive things that will occur that I think will blow that particular aspect of things to a much more minor level of our social order real quick, like within the next year.

But basically what happened back then is what they're trying to do with us in the Western world in the very same way, right? It's just not working that well.

Now, before we started the recording, I said that I had just been given a very long, I don't know, 20 or 30 pages, not very long, but assessment, which was written up by it's an article really, which was written up by a group of German scientists and people who are spiritual people. And their assessment is their view of the world, including what's going on in Ukraine. I used to think that once they understand, the other side understands that the Pandemic 2.0 will not work because most people are not going to be in line with that same narrative over again. Even those who used to be, I used to think that this is what's going to trigger them. They're trying to test the waters right now, and when they see in mid September or so it's not going to work, that's when they're going to turn to war, a hot war, because that's the only way to keep us in panic mode so that we will continue to follow orders.

I mean, those on the other side of the fence. But then I spoke with Dr. Rima Labo and she ah, maybe that's one of the purposes, but the other one is probably they know that we're not going to do it again. So the other purpose, and this is particularly true for the United States, is to create civil unrest. And that may be the case, but if that is the case and this is going to start happening, I think, in mid September, October, so this group of people who are looking at Ukraine, who are thinking that maybe the Ukraine war will even maybe it stops, but they're not quite sure.

But the one thing that they're sure about is something is coming up right now in September and in October. Do you agree with that? Even though we don't know? I agree with that. Something's coming up, but their worldview is skewed, okay?

So Putin is not going to stop. This is not a war as they understand it. Ukraine is Khazaria. You grasp that, right? Ukraine is the central point of Khazaria.

The Khazarian Mafia rules there. They have adrenochrome parties, they harvest children, they harvest Russian children. This is exactly the same situation as existed back in 1000 Ad. When the Rus people, the Turk people, and all of the white peoples of Europe all got together and told the Khazarians, you people have to stop this. And so we will allow you to choose a religion rather than destroy you all.

Okay, that was a mistake, right? That was a big mistake, as we understand now. Okay? But they did. And so they chose to be Jews.

And thus it was at that point that all of the vampirism, all of the blood in the seder bread, all of this kind of stuff gets into. Judaism because these are blood drinkers, right? The Khazarian troops used to do that. They used to eat the liver of their enemies.

So now we have people that are saying well the war is going to do this and war is going to do that. No it's not. Russia is doing this and they've been factual in saying they're doing this because too many Russian children were being disappeared by the Ukrainians across the border and they're just not going to have it anymore. Okay? And so this is the final battle.

This is a coordinated battle. It is global. It is not Russia versus Ukraine. It is all the peoples versus the Khazarians. Most of the people of the planet are totally ignorant of this and may indeed be totally ignorant of this all their lives and never wise up to this level of the war.

We've been in this war for 6000 years and we're in the final battle parts of it. We are in a very special point of time in my opinion. Not for the reasons you suggest though, but for a larger scope of things. But what you're saying is indeed in my opinion going to manifest. But it is just sort of a minor part of all of this as we go on.

So Hawaii was an attack, right? Lahaina was an attack. The California fires were an attack. Just the other day, Turkish fires were an attack by a beam weapon. So there's a global, ongoing, maybe nationalistic kind of a war.

I don't know who's fighting who, but we know for sure that's the Khazarian mafia against everybody else. But they may have tricked one nation to think that it's got to fight another nation because this is how they work. But we're coming into a period of time that the Khazarian mafia can no longer be able to hold their position of ignorance of the rest of the planet. So what allows them to exist is that we don't think of the central banks as being an invasion. We don't think of this as all being one giant cabal, et cetera, et cetera.

People are not awake to all of this. They think of the reality that they've been spoon fed through their mind control systems that we call schools is real. That's all breaking down. The Khazarian mafia made a very bad strategic move, okay? They decided to upend all of our minds and break open all of our structures at the same time in order to take us over in a communist approach.

And it was at that point that the rest of the planet started attacking the Khazarians because when they've done all of this to this huge amount of people, the rest of the planet can awaken those people too. Just as the Khazarians were planning to put us to sleep under communism, the rest of the planet is going to waken us up to the Khazarian threat using the fact that our minds are disorganized and unstable and floating right now and able to look at things in a different way. And so it's become a very key element in our particular war at the moment. And I don't think that it's September and October. Okay.

So I think that we've started this. We started it with attack on Hawaii and that the novelty of the war itself will emerge around April 3. It'll take that long for lots of people to be discussing this, but now we're getting into it. It's really growing. So we're seeing the memes everywhere pop up that say, I'm educated, I know that if I wear blue, I'm safe from space beams, that kind of thing, right?

And so we'll see all of these things pop up, and people will just start looking. And then pretty soon the normies will start getting into it and our worldview will change. And the Khazarian Mafia won't be able to prevent that. They're desperate to do that. Their power extends from the Kali Yuga, okay?

From the fact that we went through 2400 years of very low emanations from Galactic Central, and most humans were born pretty stupid. And our biggest technology was a grinding wheel powered by donkeys. And so as we come out of the Kaliyuga, though, our minds expand and we get into the world that we're in now, talking across, networking and so on. But the minds that are able to deal with and create that world are not donkey riding minds. And so this is why we're resisting and we will overcome the Khazarians it's because universe will not allow us to progress into the further into the Bronze Age and then the Silver and the Golden Age.

With our minds being dumbed down this way, they're doomed to defeat, but they cannot do anything else because of their past action, right? So they're caught with their own guilt, and they cannot do a Maya culpa, come clean and convert themselves. This is just part of the nature of our reality. Universe wants to see what will actually manifest under these conditions. And if it's not that pretty, well, universe doesn't care much, then nature will strike back.

This is what many people expect. I have a good friend who is an attorney from Ontario, Canada. He kind of out of frustration, left Canada. He's had a home in the Sacred Valley in Peru since 2004, and that's where he spends his time now. But that's what he's been saying too, that if people don't get their act together, basically, that's when nature is going to strike back.

Well, maybe it's going to be a whole set of cataclysmic events, which some people expect to happen. But I do think, and I wonder if you would agree with that. I do think that we can change things if we have the right level of, I don't know, awareness or consciousness. And I think we're moving towards this level of consciousness. And I think this is part of it our connecting with each other, exchanging information, me talking to you, trying to understand what I didn't even have any idea about existed.

I think this is part of this, and I think that if we can continue on this path, and I think we are, then the worst can be averted. We're not going to fall into that trap. I'm absolutely certain that the other side cannot win this. They probably have already lost. Some people say that their head has already been chopped off, but what they're trying to do is keep us in this trap for as long as possible.

I don't know, maybe to see if maybe we're going to make some really bad mistakes so that they can come back or something like that. Does that make sense? Yeah, that does make sense. But in my way of thinking, most of the rank and file don't know they've lost. Mostly they are addicts attempting to maintain their addictive states now in the varying circumstances and don't think that far ahead.

Most of these people are not really great thinkers. So, like I say, I've met a lot of them, bill Gates and among others.

So I think of them as attempting to maintain their power because of what it feeds for them and that they're not very bright. They think they've got the world by the tail kind of a thing. And they don't recognize that our planet changes over time because of the cyclic nature of the Yugas where it is in relation to the Galactic Center, the amount of intervening mass between Galactic Center and us. You've seen that, right? You've seen that drawing?

I did. Okay, so as that occurs, humanity is changing. It doesn't mean that we're going to go to some Kumbaya peace, love and light sort of a thing, right? We must experience the worst that the Khazarian Mafia has to offer. Okay?

All right, so I'm a real hard case. I've died three times, right? This has a tendency to made me harsh relative to reality. Okay? So I just don't tolerate illusion in that regard.

And so my motto is none asked, none given. Okay? This is an old Revolutionary War and military motto, right? No quarter asked and none will be given. And I don't ask it because it is necessary that I must experience it.

I know this is what universe wants because I must be changed by that experience going forward in order that that change might affect other changes in the future that universe desires. So in that sense, I am a cog and my experiences are the grease of the machinery, even though they are my experiences. And I will take them with me into my afterlife and I will do things with them as I should. There is multiplicity of purposes for each and every action, no matter how small or how large. Now, I am not of the opinion that nature is going to do anything to us.

I don't have the same kind of an approach to life that Martin Armstrong does, okay? I know. We're into the Bronze Age. We're not going to face civilization destruction. It's just not in the cards now because it can't happen because we're in an ascending phase, right?

There's civilization transformation. So I see all of this as a progression upward and in a good way. And we must shed this baggage as we go forward. Right? That's why we're suffering all of these things now, is that we must suffer it in order that we might see it, in order that we might make the decision.

We have 2400 years of Kaliyuga that split into two 1200 year halves, right? The descending and then the ascending. We're just out of that. We're into the Bronze Age here. Now, when we get into the Bronze Age, the first 300 years of the Bronze Age are sort of a look back to the Kaliyuga.

We invent stuff. We get science, we get medicine, we get machinery. We don't ride donkeys anymore. But we're continually looking back, thinking the Ancients had something, getting trapped in the religion and all this stuff of the Kali Yugas, right? Okay.

This is one quarter. There's this dimensionality to time that relates around the number four. I won't divert. But in any event, one quarter of this is 75 years. This is actually split into thirds.

So we have 25 years and we have 25 years, and we have 25 years. This 25 years, which we've just finished, we're finishing now because we're 325 years from the end of the Kaliyuga, which was in the year 1698. But this 25 years that we're just finishing now is the acknowledgment, the wrap up, the understanding, okay? So look how chaotic it is now. And these last 25 years have been.

And they're like the pinnacle, the absolute culmination of all of these threads of the last 300 years. Einsteinian quantum mechanics taking us nowhere for the last 50 years, all of these various different things that have all reached this peak. People right now are in the process of abandoning quantum mechanics. They're in the process of abandoning the large hand run collider because it yielded nothing, it produced nothing that Einstein said should exist. And so we're going to abandon all of that.

So this is the period of eyes open, okay, looking back. This is the period of eyes open looking around. This is the period of eyes open, looking forward. So the next 25 years, we're going to fight and live and die and have terrible times with the Kazarian mafia, but we're in the process of abandoning it, throwing it away, throwing away all the garbage they put on us, the central banks, Einsteinian stuff, all of this sort of thing, right? And so these are predictable and have been predicted, these periods of time.

So if you live through these next 25 years, this next generation, in the end, part of that generation we will have a huge level of inventions, okay? Mass it's going to be a huge level of invention throughout this next 25 years, no matter what. But in those last five or so years of that 25 year period, it will just balloon out like you will not believe, and it will set the tone for the next 25 years that will then take us into the 2400 years of this ascending Bronze Age. And so that's my view. I'm very optimistic.

Right. So I don't see the destruction of civilization or anything. I see lots of destruction, lots of chaos, lots of angst, murder, mayhem, suffering like you won't believe. Right. But that which does not kill me makes me stronger.

And in fact, I can legitimately say that which does kill me makes me stronger. Know, we're at that phase now. So I love Martin. He's a great guy. I've never seen his code.

His stuff focuses more on, you know, as I say, his viewpoint is, I think, trapped by the grit approach. Right. Yeah. And I used to think that he doesn't take spirituality into account enough, but he does just well, maybe not enough. Maybe he's trapped in the grid.

That makes sense to me, really. So in that sense, I'm optimistic, too. My grandfather, he's the one who said, what doesn't kill you makes you stronger. So in that sense, I'm optimistic just in that same manner. I just wish it wouldn't take so long, because most of us are running out of steam right now.

Most of us on this side of the fence. Many of us are frustrated and just think they can't handle it anymore. I keep telling my friends, I have a really good friend who I met in India when my wife and I spent three weeks there last year at an Ayurveda retreat. And he's a very young ex Deutsche banker. He used to work for Deutsche Bank.

Left in frustration when he saw that it's all corrupt. This is the bank of the Criminals. This is what I realized in 1993 when I was working for them in Tokyo. But he says basically the same thing that you're saying. When he left Deutsche Bank, he spent a year at an Indian ashram.

And he says, this is what's going to happen. It's going to be another 25 and another 25 years. But this is the end for them. They can't win it. But we're going to have to go through some hard times for probably the next 30 years or 25 years or so, just convincing them of that.

Yes, they're good fighters, right. And you got to give them that. They're really evil. They're twisted. They do all these terrible things.

But their persistence has made us stronger. So I've wrestled. I've done judo, karate, all different kinds of fighting, aikido and so on. And I always appreciate an opponent that makes me work for it. But you're quite correct.

We will win. So whenever I get Sagging out, get the down key right? That's when I know it's time to go and work on myself. Most people don't have martial arts training, so they just don't understand that, right. Oh, if I feel it that way, okay, I need to go and rebuild my key force.

But that's where we're at now, is the potential for Sagging. You'll see some level of the Kazarian mafia attempting to take advantage of that. It'll be sort of like tentative kind of things. We didn't really mean COVID we didn't really want you to take these. Everybody can be happy again, that kind of thing, as they try and ingratiate themselves back in.

It's not going to work this time. They don't understand the mechanics of the Kali Yuga and how it's affected people and in fact they deny that such things exist because of the nature of their adherence to Einsteinianism and the linear progression, et cetera, et cetera. So their viewpoint will end up being destroyed. I think September and October are going to be interesting months, very energetic, but by April next year, I think that the hyper novelty will have come out to the point where even the normies will be discussing it. All of the different things that are happening and how people are going to react to that, I just don't know.

It's going to be quite OD because there will just be so much stuff coming out and a lot of it's going to go back thousands of years and so your underpinning for your entire worldview will be thrown over. Nothing you learned in school will turn out to be factual. Yeah, I think this is going to be too much for a lot of people who are going to be caught by surprise. This is going to be utter chaos to them because it's going to destroy their whole worldview. I hope it's going to be different for us because at least in my case, I can say I've been dealing with this for the last three years.

Before that, I knew something wasn't right, but I had absolutely no idea how bad things really are and how much we'd been lied to. I think the one consolation is that while this child abuse ritual, child abuse, child sacrifice stuff is absolutely horrific, at the same time as this is another one of Rima Labo's thoughts, at the same time this is what's going to break their backs. Because once people understand what's been going on and what is still going on, the other side will not be able to explain this away. They can explain away, oh, we made mistakes with the vaccines. Oh well, maybe some of us went too far, stuff like that.

But this cannot be explained away. That's why I think we need to expose this in particular. So that Maui 2000 children missing. How can that be? So that everyone, even if they don't understand the rest of the story, everyone will begin to ask questions and that'll be their downfall.

Ultimately, I think already is you're already seeing the memes out there. It won't be organized, though. It's not going to be like across the social order. So my opinion, what will emerge is that we'll see signs of the change by how fearful the powers that be become. So they won't tell us that they lost two security guards in a sniping attack attempting to get their principle right.

Whether it's Klaus Schwab or Bill Gates or whoever, we just won't learn that. We'll see them becoming very much agitated. They'll start changing all their patterns and this sort of thing, right? I expect that there will be. Okay, so we're at war, all right?

There's a global war going on now, and they're not using nukes, they're not using bombs. They're using these energy weapons because it's so much cheaper and easier to do that than to send an airplane over with stuff you actually had to make. Right. That war is going to escalate in a serious way. Within that war, I think we will see personal private wars and aggrieved parties will start taking vengeance once they know that the larger war is ongoing.

So as the larger war comes out into the open over these next five or six months, I think you will see private reactions to these kind of things that will be very distressing for some of the people that are in charge, because what happens is that a mental threshold is crossed. And so you'll see this shown in movies where usually they start off and they show like, some fit, attractive woman, and she suffers all these horrible things to herself and her family in the early part of the film. And then she goes on to find usually some older guy who instructs her in the martial arts, and then she comes out to be a hit person on the end. Right? Yeah.

And she's doing it because her social cohesion was destroyed in the early part of the movie. And then she gets educated as to what's going on. Okay. So I expect that sort of thing to be happening in real life against the powers that be, to the point that we have social manifestations of it in the you know, I'm actually expecting people to know. Sniper rifles.

And take shots at government officials. And then that really is how it's going to become visible to us, the private parties, who would know if someone took a shot at Klaus Schwab. Nobody knows his schedule, all of this kind of thing. Right. But sooner or later, they're going to start trying to take out some of the corrupt government officials, not necessarily in the United States.

And at that point, we'll start seeing that there's this emerging war between the populace and the oppressors, right, between the Khazarian mafia and all of the people that are now becoming awake. And I actually think it won't be old really awake guys like us that do that. It'll be the new ones that are suffering the shock of it, all right? And a lot of them will have been damaged by what they've gone through.

Okay? So I don't ascribe to the idea of spirituality, okay? Spirituality the notion the concept arises from people that are grit focused, right? Okay. Somehow spirituality is different than the consciousness that they think is imbued in the grit.

So I don't buy that at all. So what people would describe as spirituality, I describe as capacity for consciousness. Consciousness? Yeah. Okay.

So I'm conscious. I have a capacity to some degree for various aspects of spirituality. So I know a guy. Dick. Algae.

He's a great remote viewer. I know other remote viewers. These guys, I don't think of them as messing with spirituality. I think of them as dealing in the consciousness trade. Right.

They have consciousness skills. I know people that are that way. If they get a tarot deck in their hands, they're very keyed in. It's not spirituality. It's an ability to deal with their consciousness, with the material around them.

Other people do it through dreams and this kind of thing. I believe that makes sense. Yeah. And I did it with computer software, right. Teasing the words that leak out of people's consciousness that suggests something's going to come and aggregating them.

And so I did it the hard way, really, it turns out. But in any event, so these guys that do the remote viewing are telling us things, okay? And so they are telling us that we are in a war and that there was a guy that I know of, and I've seen the results who did a remote viewing of the Maui attack a year before it occurred, actually a year and four months before it occurred. And he pegged it to energy weapons and described them, described the pulses, described the noise, described the water burning, all of these things that we saw. That was just part of a larger remote viewing effort that is describing this war that's ongoing now, emerging into the open over these next few months.

And a lot of the spiritual people, the people that are psychically attuned that ride their psy currents and feel this stuff and know that they're psychic and react to it are all feeling the same thing. And we're all bumbling about it in the same kind of way, saying that. And I'm describing it as hyper novelty, but some of them are describing it as, oh, the war with the Khazarians is going to erupt in December. It'll be open, then we'll know about it, that kind of thing. Or they'll say that even weird things like kidnap children on spaceships that'll come out by January.

So I do web scraping. So I concentrate and I see all of these psychic impressions linked out in the text. And in that sense, your supposition about September and October is quite correct. In my work. Well, since slightly before, like maybe two weeks before the Maui attack, we've seen just ratcheting up of all kinds of emotional tension on release language.

Okay. Like a war shocked. So you're releasing the emotion, that kind of thing. Building tension is where you're just keeping it contained. Right.

But you're feeling it, both of those. You can have a ten level released language in that you're jumping up and down and oh my God, or you can have a ten in building tension and then you're just about ready to strike somebody. Okay, so different mindsets. But we're dominating now in release language and it's going to continue to dominate. And I think that's why we're entering in this period of hyper novelty.

But the other people that are trading in psychic business would tend to agree, I think, and that would also support your supposition that September and October are going to be very energetic months and it's going to lead to this hyper novelty emergence. Going to be a very strange time. Yeah. But I agree with you. We have reason to be optimistic because it's going in the right direction, even though it's going to be a tough road to walk for quite a bit.

Not for all of us, but for most of us, I'm afraid, and I tend to agree with you also when you're saying that we need to go through this. It is a necessary experience. I just hope we're going to be able to protect ourselves as best as we can so that we'll come out at the other end mostly unharmed or as unharmed as we could. But that's something that each and every one of us has to deal with for themselves individually. I don't think we can do that as a collective.

Right. That's impossible, I think. Dagma yeah. Cliff I have a little bit a different question. Where does this phenomenon, this energy of love, is located in your worldview?

Because there are many mystics who say existence is made out of the stuff called love. I mean, I now heard nothing where one could guess that. You mean sentiment, too? I don't have that view. Okay, so that's not my view.

All right, so it takes us 85 million lives to become human, all right? So you start off as a spark, you become a bacteria. Ultimately you're an insect, you work your way up. I was a dog for a long time. I had many lives as a dog, okay?

You find these things as you grow older. Any dog that comes around me instantly, we have bond and they can do anything. I tell them it's just because I was a dog, we understand each other. So I got stuck as a dog. Some people get stuck as birds and so on.

Right, okay. So we experience love in those lives and we probably even generate them in those lives, especially when we're dogs, that kind of thing. Right. It is a natural outgrowth of consciousness. But I do not see that love is the guiding force of consciousness.

I do not see it as the guiding force of the material, nor do I see it as an end goal, or nor do I see that there is an end state for the material. So if we had to look at it in a brutally factual way, the best way to characterize it would be the idea of Brahma's dream. So the Hindus had this idea that Brahma, the ultimate god of everything, goes to sleep and dreams and we're all his dream. And then at some point he's going to wake up and we'll all disappear. Then he'll look around and then he'll go back to sleep and dream another dream.

So this is harsh because when he wakes up and we all disappear, we're not coming back. Right? So you have to understand that in that viewpoint, love is something that you treasure but you don't necessarily expect, and you value it. It's interesting because you give it away in order to value it. So it's not held that way, but it is not.

So I do not have the viewpoint that a lot of the spiritual people or a lot of the Christian mystics or whatever might have it's very much more, I want to say mechanical to us in a certain sense. Right, okay. So love is a vibration that exists in the material. But it is one of the qualities, just like intuition and creativity, it's one of the qualities that makes us human. And I do know that a lot of people drift off into love is everything without really knowing what they're talking about.

It's something that seems to give them an anchor. But I still don't think that not everyone, but most of the people who I've seen, we have love is the only answer, and love is everything.

It's not palpable. It is nothing that they can't even deal with it. They believe in it in a strange way, but they can't deal with it. But I do think that this is one of the qualities that makes us human. And that the other side, the Kazarians don't have, they're not capable.

That's why I think in a medical, clinical way, and this is not my idea, but this is after I have done all these interviews and then I delved into psychopathy of the psychology and then the psychopathy of who the other side is, I think in a clinical way, the definition of psychopaths is probably correct. At least that's what the medical experts tell me. So they'd lack this quality, they lack any other human quality as well. And that is very strange. But it is important to know that, because if you don't know it, you don't know how to defend yourself against these people because you believe that if you talk to them, the politicians, the media people, those puppets they're using, they're also psychopaths, not.

All of them. Of course, you continue to believe that. If only, like you, I got through to them. If only they would understand. They don't give a shit.

They don't care. They're not capable of sympathetic vibration, so they're not capable of that vibrational area. I don't expect that out of humans. I had a real rough upbringing as an army brat. Right.

We won't go into the details, but it was rough. So I don't expect that as a dominating force. And I know that the Khazarians you're quite correct, they are psychopaths. They may actually not even be able to have certain kinds of emotions because of that genetic modification for them. But that genetic modification, by the way, does not extend to the ashkenazi.

The ashkenazi Jews are wrapped around the Khazarians like a protective cloak, a sacrificial cloak. And this is the way it's always been, right? So they intend to sacrifice the Jews when the heat gets too much. And this is why I've been, for all of these years, been so consistent about saying, it's not the Jews, it's the Khazarians. Pay attention.

Makes perfect sense. They're hiding behind the Jews. That's what's happening. Right? And they are pretenders.

That's all they do. There's a book out there. Codex oralinda. You may be familiar with it. It's the ancient pre teutonic language text.

It goes back to, like, 800 Ad and further back. And in there, they call the Khazarians the name stealers. And the Khazarians sat at a central hub. And what this guy who wrote it in Holland wrote this particular section in there. He was complaining because the Khazarians would have the Chinese come on over to do business with the people in Holland.

And the Khazarians would entrap the Chinese, give them a nice meal, poison them, take all of their effects, put one of the Khazarians in their gear and send them in to do the deal, get all the money and stuff and come back. And so the Khazarians were in between always stopping all these deals. They did it by impersonation, which was called name stealing in this old book. Okay? So this is why you see Jews taking other names is because the Khazarians did this name stealing at this very deep level.

And anything that they want to normalize, they push out into the Jewish social order such that you'll think it's the Jews doing it, not the Khazarians. Right? And I've got a lot of Jewish friends. A lot of people think I'm just a terrible anti Semite and nothing could be further from the truth. But they think that because I say that the Khazarians are not Semitic people.

They are not Judeans, and the Judeans are not Jews. And there were no Jews in Judea, nor any Jews in the Bible. And that this is a mechanism for protection that the Khazarians have engineered over all of these centuries. This is coming out now. And so as we get further into the Bronze Age and all of this stuff comes out, it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain the illusion.

And so we see that these illusionists are going to try maybe a grand illusion which is being discussed now. This grand illusion will have a series of events that will end up with Joe Biden going away, not going to jail or anything, somehow withdrawing, and Kamala Harris not being put in place, or maybe temporarily, but somehow they're going to try and run Obama's wife, Big Mike Obama, as a woman for president. Okay? That's really their only option. And this is like, in my mind, this is like stupid beyond belief because it's going to open up all of know gender issues.

And then once you acknowledge that Michelle is Michael Obama, then you got to ask yourself, where did those two kids come from? Exactly. And there's these rumors floating around with the real parents and even their names, the real parents names have been made public. Sure, this is a dangerous, dangerous move. I mean, this is a great move as far as I'm concerned.

But for them, it's extremely dangerous and stupid, as you said. And will they see that level of stupidity? How can they not see it? Right, yeah. But these people, they don't think as we do, as you were saying, you can talk to them until you were quite literally blue in your face, and it will achieve nothing because they cannot hear you.

They hear the words, but they're never going to be receptive to them. And so this is the war. This is a battle that we're in now. Is the Bug behind a lot of this? Okay, so I met people in hyperspace beings, hominids, that taught me things that I had conversations with that were also battling the Bug.

And I met one group or one guy who represented a planet. He was there seeking solutions. That's why people mainly go to hyperspace, is to seek novel solutions, because novelty exists there. That's what Terrence McKenna discovered, that novelty exists there at a level that is just truly fantastic. And probably all of our creativity and our inventions originate from our ShoShona, connecting us to the outer part of the materium where it connects into hyperspace.

Right, but anyway, so I met people there that had thrown the Bug out of their planet. And this one guy was ever so happy to meet me because he knew that we would be battling the Bug and he had things to tell me about how to do this. And we had great conversations, and I learned so much from that guy. I repaid him because they had ideas that they could not conceive of, just as we have things we can't conceive of until they're presented to us. And so he told me about the nature of time and how it works and this kind of thing.

Incredible education, like much more. It was the best university in the material okay? It is truly that it makes la una Manet's size look minuscule. But anyway, this guy taught me things and then I helped him out because he couldn't understand on his planet their conditions had changed, their environment had changed due to stuff happening and they were facing some problems that they hadn't encountered before. And he was there seeking a solution.

And it was like I looked at him and I kind of thought I'm really stoned and stuff. It's like well, it's kind of obvious, guys. You need paint, you need a sacrificial layer to put on all of your stuff for this dust that's eroding your materials. And it's like they never thought of a sacrificial layer on anything. And so he was just radically pleased and could not do enough for me.

And I met him there repeatedly, four times. It's difficult to arrange those sorts of things. Maybe he had been there hundreds of times and I only saw in those four right happenstance and so on, but truly phenomenal education. And so his thing was that we were just at that point where as our species were just getting into the point where we can throw off the bug and we've had this. So by my way of thinking, the Elohim and the Devas and those kind of people, they invaded us 12,000 plus years back.

And we've been dealing with them in the descending side of the yugas. And in my opinion, they probably prey on planets that are like us, that are yuga bound, that suffer the yugas and they come on in when we're heading into a decreasing mentitian side in order to take over. And so they're very predatory kind of beings, but so we've been dealing with this for 12,000 plus years. We've been dealing with the Khazarians for 6000 years and we're just in the process of getting rid of them. So of course, this is not a simple one, two, three kind of a job.

This is a multidecatal long process. Even though we will burst out into hyper novelty next year, we'll still be dealing with it 50 years out. I'm still glad this is going the way it's going. And I'm glad that even those of us who haven't made the experiences you've made, even those of us can relate to what you're saying. Because this is what this really is.

The Kazarian mafia is know the talented Mr. Ripley on a horrific scale only. And they may be being directed by space aliens and the right. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. That's what I believe.

After everything you told us today, this is great. This is great, Cliff. This was enlightenment and fun too. Okay, so enlightenment doesn't usually come with fun. Sometimes it does.

We have to do more of this. I know that most of our viewers, if not all of them, are just delighted to see what you have to tell them. And for many of us, for me in particular, some of the things that have been floating around and I couldn't really connect with the other stuff, the other dots. All of a sudden, it does begin to make sense. I'm not saying I understand everything, but it does begin to make sense.

And that's what it should. This is great. Again, is there anything that we need to know that you feel that we should have discussed but haven't? Universe provides and guides. It'll show up and we'll get together again.

Great. Very good. Well, it's a real pleasure. Thank you, Cliff. Thank you very much.

Been very nice talking with you. Nice talking to you. See you later. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Space Budo – 09-13-2023

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a discourse on various topics, primarily revolving around extraterrestrial beings, martial arts, and human nature. The author begins by referencing a recent interview between Kerry Cassidy and Nino Rodriguez, highlighting Cassidy's frustrations with the pace at which certain events are unfolding. The author then delves into a reflection on humans, aliens, and their perceptions of each other. The narrative suggests that humans often romanticize the idea that extraterrestrial beings live in a utopian world of love and peace. However, the author challenges this notion, arguing that just like Earth, other planets might also have challenges, struggles, and contentions. The document also touches upon the history of UFOs in the U.S., mentioning an alleged encounter between President Eisenhower and extraterrestrial beings. The author then transitions to discussing "Buddha," which refers to martial arts and the philosophy of self-challenge and self-improvement. The author emphasizes that martial arts are not just about physical combat but also about personal growth and understanding oneself. The narrative concludes with the idea that humans and aliens might find common ground in their respective philosophies and approaches to life.

#Aliens #MartialArts #Buddha #SelfGrowth #UFO #Eisenhower #KerryCassidy #NinoRodriguez #Challenges #Philosophy #Extraterrestrial #HumanNature #Contention #Struggle #Perception #Understanding #SelfChallenge #History #Love #Peace #Earth #Universe #CommonGround #Life #Reflection

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Hello, Humans. Hello, humans. It's about 11:11 something 11:06 on the 13th September, day after Alien Day, which sort of the thing I wanted to talk about. Anyway, I'd been watching videos the other day while cleaning up in my what I laughingly call my office, which is more of a warehouse these days. Anyway, while I was cleaning up, I was listening to various videos and stuff, right?

Not really watching, just had it running and listening to what everybody was saying. One of them I listened to was the recent interview between Kerry Cassidy and was being interviewed by Nino Rodriguez. Now, just as an aside, I'm going to talk to Nino tomorrow. I'm going to talk with him tomorrow. And then Dick Algae and I are setting up a day to do one.

But what you really need to pay attention to is Dick Algae today on Jean Claude his Beyond Mystic channel, which is doing great stuff, by the way, and it's going to get better. Anyway, so I'm listening to Carrie Cassidy bitch out Nino Rodriguez. And she did. She was just on his case now. She was bitching to him about Juano Saving.

And basically it came down to people are not doing what she wants when she wants it, and she has some legitimate bitches, right? It's hard for her to understand. These complaints are accurate, they're factual, they're felt by a lot of people. And she was basically complaining that the white hats, the good guys aren't doing stuff fast enough. We don't know they're out there.

We're not going to be able to recover from this level of degradation that we're suffering now. And she's getting somewhat fearful about this, right? And she got really whipped up about it. Now, as I say, I'd seen a lot of videos that day, and this was just one in a series that got me to thinking about humans and aliens in a different way than usual. Okay?

So sort of track me with this. It might be a little bit difficult, right? Okay. So when I had the interview with Rayner the other day, the lawyer, I don't know if it's out or not. I haven't looked for it.

Anyway, there was this woman on his team that asked me about a question. She asked me a question. She says she doesn't hear me talking about love, right? Doesn't hear me talking about emotion that way.

And basically she's coming from the premise that so many people in the woo woo world are saying, oh, the universal or the metaphor, the operating paradigm of universe is love is all there is, right? And love will conquer all. That sort of thing. And it's like, well, I kind of wanted to dispute her. I didn't want to get into it.

I find that viewpoint very dismissible. Okay? It's dismissible because we certainly don't see that as the operating paradigm here on Earth. Even if you just extract humans from it and just dealt with animals. There is not a whole lot of love within the animal kingdom, right?

Life is harsh, it is a struggle. There is lots of suffering. And to ignore that and I understand why you would want to, but to ignore that and say that, well, basically it's not like that on the aliens planets, right? They don't have to go through this kind of shit on the aliens planets. Now, that was the viewpoint she was trying to express and wanted to hear what my thoughts were on it.

And I basically said, I don't see that as an operating paradigm in universe. And I have a whole lot of I didn't get into it, but I have a whole lot of reasons for saying that. I doubt it is a factual understanding of reality, and it's certainly not a factual understanding of the reality here on Earth where we don't see a whole lot of love and we see a lot of suffering and death. And that I do not presume that Earth is atypical. And so that's the whole thing.

I don't presume that Earth is an exception. Now, I also listened to an interview with Sean David Morton. And Sean David Morton is talking about UFO history, right? The history in the United States of people doing things relative to the UFO subject. And that history.

He goes into it, he says that there was this time he talks about these aliens coming down to talk with Eisenhower. Eisenhower gets kidnapped for a whole day. He doesn't do anything in any of his schedules, the excuses. He's got an emergency dental appointment, which is bogus, and they took him off to meet aliens is the understanding, right? And so Sean David Morton tells this little story about the aliens basically telling Eisenhower, you're going to meet the Greys, they're going to offer you technologies they're not trustworthy, okay?

And we're here to tell you that we're not going to offer you these technologies for weapons. You people better stop the nuclear bombs because you're punching great holes in the reality with these things and no one uses these because of that. No space aliens do. And you guys can't go beyond the moon, that you guys are isolated and so on, right? You're embargoed anyway.

And so he tells this little story and then he says that, well, at some point the Greys show up and Eisenhower wanted to meet with them because they did have weapons. And he said, if those weapons exist, we want them, right? No, Eisenhower is a military guy, and so he sees the world from a military perspective. That's basically the discussion here is about Buddha, the martial art concept in humans, okay? So I'm a martial artist, and I've studied martial arts all my life, since I was ten and a half, when I officially enrolled in courses.

But arguably I had been studying them prior to that under my father's tutelage, among other people. Actually, I won't go into any of that. Great. Anyway, so I've studied martial arts and all martial arts are under this category called budo. Now I got my start in Japanese martial arts, although I've studied a lot of other kinds, a lot of other nationality martial arts as well.

Now I concentrated on Japanese. I've got a good basis in it, 40 plus years of experience and I'm pretty good at it, right? But here's the thing relative to space aliens so I suspect that space aliens grow up on planets just like us. In fact, we've just discovered a planet that's like eight or nine times the size of Earth, that has methane and water in the air and everything that you would assume. And so it looks like it's a water world like ours and therefore probably has life because there's that complex methane molecule.

Anyway. So I suspect that space aliens grow up on planets like ours and there is no reason to imagine that their experience with their lives are that much different than ours. In other words, evolution, such as it is, absent Darwin's goofiness applying it to humans and so forth, and absent Darwin's understanding of the very ancient nature of our planet, he didn't understand the yugas, right? So he was what's known as a temporal literalist. They just think time goes in a straight line for humans and we're only 40,000 years out of the caves, that kind of thing.

They don't really grok what's gone on here anyway. So absent him, I mean, there is evolutionary pressure, right? Things do evolve in this universe. This is apparent and known and so on. It's just not a universal principle that you can apply to every solution or every issue because there are times when things happen and evolution is abrogated, such as space aliens coming down and Gmoing us, and when they alter your genes, well, from that point on you're still evolving, but you're evolving from a different base anyway though.

So I suspect that space aliens have had this similar experience. I suspect that space aliens, if they're corporeal, have some level of the same kind of things that we do in the sense of nerves and a brain and so on, and thus probably have emotions as well as suffering.

That's something to consider, right, that the space aliens you're dealing with may have had as terrible a life as you have had or know. All is not love and light beyond this imaginary embargo. Now, Sean David Morton goes to, in his little discussion, he goes on to say that at some point humans were able to reverse engineer shit. We made a bunch of stuff and we kicked out the, quote, alliance of Palladians or whoever the fuck it was. And these are just names made up for these people, right?

The pleiades is a constellation. The Pleiades is not a planet. The constellation the Pleiades has thousands and thousands of stars in it and spreads out over a space of over 110 parsecs. So from our viewpoint, it's this nice little constellation. But if you look at it into its depth, there is not a single planet that you could say would be representative of the Pleiadian constellation.

Right.

Anyway, so Sean goes on to say that the Space Alien Alliance gets kicked out, we kick their ass, and now we're free to go anywhere we want, and that we've got people going to Mars and other space systems or solar systems and so on, none of which I buy. Right? I don't see any evidence for that at all. Not that that means it hasn't happened. It's just that I don't accept it because I don't see any evidence at all that I can suss out, not even little hints of evidence.

And there would be things that you could see within our social order that would betray that humans were doing this. And specifically, I'm referring to linguistic things that would occur anyway, though. So let me get back to the Buddha part of this. So, all right, so the martial arts evolved because in the Kaliyuga, we needed to protect ourselves, because lots and lots and lots of humans were low intelligence, and they would act out on their emotions. Their emotions wouldn't be under control, and they would be easily swayed or manipulated and or would constantly react out of anger, et cetera, without thinking.

And thus, Buddha needed to exist. You needed to defend yourself from those people that are basically just being
violent. Buttheads now, getting back to the violence aspect of it, and one of the things that Sean David Morton had said, he was saying that supposedly the Space Alien Alliance said that our minds are considered like pornography, so to speak, because we're so addicted to violence. Now, I dispute that and that we're addicted to violence, and I know the space aliens don't give a shit about that, and that the stuff that Sean is reporting is just hearsay that's been exaggerated off of speculation, none of which was factual or actual happenstance. And so, as I say, I dispute the idea that space aliens are in a bubble of love that exists on the outside of a barrier that's supposedly around the planet Earth.

I suspect that they all encounter the need for some form of martial understanding, a martial art, right? And so there's going to be fierce animals if they go to other planets. There might be other fierce aliens. So this will occur. And we note that the stance that was taken by the space aliens on the lip of the crater of the moon when we landed was threatening, okay?

And so these space aliens understand the concept of a threat, which they would not unless they had had martial experience, some kind of contention experience. Buddha, the martial art category, and science that was evolved in Japan, in the Kaliyuga, through the Kaliyuga, is a science of contention. Buddha is technically the science of challenge, okay? Because all Buddha is about self challenge. All Buddha is about exposing yourself to yourself, that you might observe who you really are, and it's all about being a better you.

And so all of the martial arts are about that. Now, a lot of the martial artists get into the martial arts because they got the shit kicked out of them and need to learn how to fight. That was how I got into the martial arts. I got the shit kicked out of me. And my dad said, you need to know how to fight.

And so he enrolled me into a very fierce form of what later on evolved into judo. But at that time it was called Kano Jiu Jitsu, named after the guy that they formalized the instruction parameters for judo from.

And my teacher had actually taken a form of he taught judo and he loved the grappling arts, but he had gotten his advanced Buddha degree in the sense of his black belt. His first black belt was in a form of karate called goju, which was hard. A, it has no official name. It's a weird form of karate. I studied it under Yamaguchi for four and a half years along with judo.

It's also known as the 200, and it's known as the 200 because any of these people that have taken this form of goju, in any given room, it is estimated there are 200 weapons that are available to them because of the way that you practice, et cetera, et cetera. Anyway, though, so Buddha, the martial arts are all about self challenge, making yourself better. And I suspect that we will find some analog in alien societies of a theme of the individual perfecting themselves or observing themselves or coming to know themselves through a form of contention. It may be that it's controlled contention, like our martial arts, or it may be that they do something like Coventry, where they just have a totally wild area. You get to the age here, it would be like as a male, you'd be 13, and they'd go and throw you into Coventry and tell you, we're putting you in at point A, you can leave at point B.

And if you make it there, right? And so maybe you got to walk 500 miles across a totally wild area dealing with everything you encounter in order to get to the exit gate. And that's Coventry because you make the covenant with yourself to survive and reveal yourself to yourself as well as to your social order. And so these kind of rites of passage, these kinds of challenges and contentions are necessary for the minds, especially of men. There's also analogues within women.

But I'm not going to go there today. I'm just going to concentrate on the male aspect of this. In my opinion, this is why most of the 20 year olds, most of that particular generation is as they are. They refuse challenge. They get awards for everything, so why bother with the challenge?

Just give me the award, right? And so they don't grow, they don't expose themselves to themselves, they never learn about themselves, they never challenge themselves. And when universe challenges them, I find that they frequently fail because they've not been trained in this, right? So I have had more contention, more physical, personal success in my life by age eleven than all of the 20 year olds I've met so far, with two exceptions. I know 220 year olds that are into the martial arts.

All of the others I've met or deal with are these other kind of beings, right, that have never had challenge. They only have child mind and they only have parent mind, they don't have adult mind, which is self reliance. Looking at yourself as you are, as much as you can possibly stand that, I mean, that's a really rough thing for a lot of people. And we'll also find that probably it's a rough thing for a lot of the space aliens. My point being that we will, in my opinion, discover that there is a common bond with the space aliens in that they will have some form of understanding, some form of practice, some form of formalized expression that we could lump under our category of Buddha without it even dealing with the contention part, right?

So I'm not talking various different moves or whatever. I'm talking about the attitude, the approach. Now, maybe they're 2000 years old in their Buddha or 20,000 years old in their Buddha, and it is extremely sophisticated to the point that it might take us 10,000 years to grasp, right? I mean, you can get really sophisticated in this stuff. And so the nuances that we might be able to learn from these space aliens would be worthwhile.

But I also suspect that, and this would be especially true if what Sean David Morton had said was true, if there was an alliance attempting to keep Earth people bound to Earth because we are natively too violent, then fucker, we're about to break out. This is an expression of universe, right? This is universe providing and guiding. Universe made us this way. It made the Khazarian mafia to put pressure on us, that we would experience Buddha, that we would experience challenge, that we would experience contention and war and get good at it, because you get good at it or you die.

So, as I say, I think I will find in the space aliens in some aspect of their organization and social order. I will find analogs that I will find comfortable with my Buddha and my martial art, that I will find them to be compatible, to be sympathetic in the sense of having the same level of vibration. Right? And that they will find that in me and we will have common ground. So regardless of what they may look like or their attitudes about anything else, there will be these elements that we will be able to grasp together and explore together.

And I'm also quite certain I will find minds within the space aliens that will be as interested in exploring our understanding of Buddha as I am in exploring their understanding of you know, like I say, I think Carrie Cassidy needs to stop watching movies too. She actually, she watched this movie, which is a good movie. It's called interceptor. It's about this woman that works on this Interceptor platform that's supposedly got death rays or laser beams or something to help protect the United States. And it gets taken over and she's got to recapture it, right?

So Carrie Cassidy sees this and she says, AHA, predictive programming, therefore. And so she was talking to Nino yesterday, and all of her language tells you that she thinks that the whole Pacific Ocean has got that United States is ringed with these Interceptor platforms, that they actually exist as they were portrayed. And it's like well, Carrie, first off, two things to note that if those Interceptor platforms existed as they were portrayed in the movies, they need not be taken over. A North Korean submarine could simply puncture one of the floats and it's gone, it's down. Even if it doesn't sink, it's so thrown off of its alignment, it's not going to be useful, right?

So it was a really stupid movie at that level. It was all there to aggrandize whoever this female character was, or female actor. That was the central character. And I don't know these people. I hardly ever see movies, so I just happened to see that one.

And I don't know actors, so I don't know who she was, but it was a vehicle, right, to make her into this action star. You could tell that from the way it was all structured. But anyway, so there's that, that if these things actually existed, you wouldn't have to go through all this rigamaro. You just send a sub there and just have them put a little tiny torpedo or bump even just come on up and bump the floats on the fuckers and just throw them off kilter. And so nothing is in alignment and they're out of business.

And Kerry does not understand that that the use of the submarine that way just to alter the alignment of the thing so it can't work, is the way in which Buddha and military people like to work. Okay? So if you're at the upper echelon of your military, you don't want to send lots of people to their death if you can use a single assassin to accomplish the strategic and tactical goals that are on your plate to accomplish. Right? And so real true martial artists, real true Buddhistas, we think of human life as a resource.

And we do not risk it where we need not risk it if we can think of something better. So Buddha is all about learning to think better. Learning to examine the problem better, learning to come up with a solution that does not involve contention. Contention, even to the
martial artist, is the point of flux. You don't know what's going to come out, okay?

You don't know what's going to happen. This I think this is one of my reasons for thinking that contention exists as a universal, that contentions exist throughout universe as a method by which consciousness forces the potential to exist, that novelty might erupt, okay? It must have things in flux in order that there can be uncertainty. And so as a martial artist, I sort of recognize this overall paradigm that anytime you get into contention, you feel it in your gut, okay? When you're a male and you're in a bar or whatever circumstances, and you see the tensions are rising emotionally, you're being harassed by a bully or there's going to be a fight break out among your drunken friends and this kind of thing.

The minute that your brain becomes aware of that, you will feel that in your gut. You'll start feeling that slightly nervous, unsettled feeling in your gut, okay? And this is your body reacting to the uncertainty that is about to develop. And that uncertainty will lead to irreversibility. And most people don't they don't like irreversibility, right?

They don't like the buildup of energies and then the shift over into uncertainty that is the fight. Because they're uncertain about the outcome, and they know the outcome is irreversible. They're not going to be able to back out if they get into a fight. They're not going to be able to just stop and say, okay, where's my trophy? I did this because it's a real challenge.

And so the body reacts to that. And it doesn't matter if you're an experienced martial artist. It doesn't matter if you've had hundreds and hundreds of fights. You will always have that butterflies in the stomach feeling at the point that your mind starts to recognize, even though it hasn't told you yet, so to speak, that contention is about to happen or that you're in contention and uncertainty is about to yeah, I'm going to talk to Nino about this tomorrow. Maybe we can get into some of these aspects of it.

I'm going to tell him, Poor Nino. Poor Nino. Carrie beat you up. She's just beating you about the head with a wet know whop whop whop. And it wasn't his fault.

She's bitching at him about 107 anyway. So I'm sympathetic to Nino's position relative to the contention he had with Terry. He wasn't even fighting her, but she needed to have someone push back. She needed the vehicle of being able know, get the emotions out. So if you want to understand what release language is about, go look at the video between of the interview with Carrie Cassidy and Nino, the one that they did, like, maybe two days ago, three days ago, something like that, because she is using vast quantities of release language in that video.

Maybe she was released language nine out of ten times. So you get a real feel for it, and I'll be talking to him about that and so on. But I'm going to talk to him about this idea of contention with aliens and our common bond in Buddha, all right? And so these things are not thought about by the fucktards that are in the at least there's no evidence that they're thought about by the fucktards that run the WEF and run the Biden regime and run NASA and all of these kind of things, right? You just don't hear or see any sign that these guys are deep thinkers and have considered our future relationship and where to look for common ground and where also to be looking for direction from universe as to who we're dealing with.

So once we get into dealing with the space aliens, I will be able to tell you so much about them and their history that at a broad level, so I wouldn't know any of the specifics, but all I would have to do is to understand what their view of contention is. And if they have a formalized Buddha, and even if not a formalized Buddha, do they have this thread within their social order? And so anyway, because of the aliens yesterday in the Mexican Congress and so on, this is a very pertinent kind of a discussion. Now, also bear in mind that as a martial artist, I approach everything I do as Buddha. If I'm going to sweep the floor, I want to make sure I sweep the floor with mindfulness and to do the best possible job and to improve myself in the process of sweeping the floor.

It's just the way you live. And there's very few of us alive that are doing this, right? Most people are not at this level. It's not like anything I'm claiming. It's not like I'm saying it makes me a good guy or anything, right?

It's just the nature of my karma that I am here as this personality at this time. And it's the nature of my karma that Buddha has had a major impact on my personality. Also, by the way, so Dick Algae did a song about me. It's like very cringeworthy from my viewpoint. I appreciate it.

I love Dick like a brother. I'm just not into that kind of thing. I'm not into personality aggrandizement because I recognize that I've had lots of fucking lives, okay? I've had lots of fucking personalities. And I kind of have a joke.

It's like, well, if you like me now, you should have seen me two lives back. I was the life of the party. So anyway, so as I say, I'm going to be talking to Dick, and I'm not on his case about it or anything. I appreciate the work he put into it and the skill he's got. But also, I seriously appreciate the gesture and that he was moved by Universe to poke me in the ribs there.

So I take it personally, but not pissed at Dick over this. And I'll be talking to him sometime in the next few days, I guess. Maybe this weekend, maybe next week. I don't know. Anyway, we'll get into it.

I'm here now, and I got to offload a lot of stuff, but just a few thoughts on the weird nature of our reality. And people bitching about shit all the time. Okay, so anyway, I'll see you guys later. I'll put up links to the interviews and the videos that I'm going to be doing in the next little bit. I was sort of coming out of my hiatus here because I'd accomplished what I wanted with some of my off time.

Now I'm going to go back into.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🔄 Newton’s Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War – PLASMA COSMOLOGY

🔄 Newton's Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War - PLASMA COSMOLOGY

🔄 Newton's Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War - PLASMA COSMOLOGY

Episode Summary:

Dark matter is a mysterious substance that makes up about 85% of the universe's mass. While it doesn't emit light or energy, its presence is inferred from its gravitational effects on visible matter. Scientists believe dark matter might be composed of subatomic particles, but its exact nature remains elusive. Leading detectors in the search for dark matter use liquid noble gases like Xenon or Argon. Theories like supersymmetry, once widely accepted, have faced challenges as they haven't met certain predictions. Newton's laws of gravity, which worked perfectly for the solar system, face challenges when applied to cosmic scales, leading to the postulation of dark matter. Some scientists argue that instead of "missing" matter, the gravitational effects attributed to dark matter might be due to the influence of the rest of the universe. There are also challenges in the standard model of cosmology, like the early appearance of massive galaxies, which seem to have formed too quickly. The Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB), believed to have been produced 380,000 years after the Big Bang, is another area of contention, with some suggesting it might have been influenced by dust processes from early stars.

#DarkMatter #Gravity #SubatomicParticles #Xenon #Argon #Detectors #Supersymmetry #NewtonsLaws #CosmicScales #Universe #GravitationalEffects #CMB #Cosmology #EarlyGalaxies #DustProcesses #EarlyStars #Challenges #StandardModel #Influence #Radiation #Temperature #Recombination #Diffraction #NMR #Spectroscopy

🔄 Newton's Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War - PLASMA COSMOLOGY

Dark matter. Dark matter. Dark matter. Dark matter. Dark matter.

Dark matter. Dark matter. There is a not so bad reason why we are looking for it and why we all think it exists, why something exists that is dark in at least one way that we can't really detect it. We more detect its effects, basically from the smallest scales. Here in our neighborhood out to the cosmos, we see evidence of something without a guilty party, so to speak, without an actor doing it.

And so this is our dark matter in terms of the gravitational effects. And then there is the dark energy which seems to be expanding the universe, at least from our scientific perspective. How can you make a galaxy? The ingredients are dark matter and then stars and then gas. Dark matter makes up about 85% of the mass in the universe.

So our best idea for what dark matter might be is that it's some kind of subatomic particle. We don't know what kind. But there are several good ideas which come out of particle physics that provide good candidates for dark matter. And we're looking to see if we can actually detect one of those in the lab. The leading detectors for trying to find this the most sensitive are liquid noble gas like Xenon or Argon in liquid format.

It we have our milk carton here's, just not this cloak. Dark matter model is probably not completely correct. Bringing all these together, it poses a real problem for understanding of cosmology. The direct searches are pushing to masses higher than the LHC can reach and also to cross sections interaction strengths that are very weak, much weaker than the standard weak interactions. And that's the direction we push down in interaction strength and either up or more recently, also down in mass.

So down to below the mass of a proton or up to the mass of 1000 protons. We have had to sort of invoke some tooth fairies to keep things sensible. One of those is dark matter. Supersymmetry is my favorite example. It was a beautiful idea, very compelling, was basically accepted widely in the 80s.

All the predictions that supersymmetry made have failed badly. And the most popular form of dark matter, the Wimp, is a supersymmetric particle. So you only have Wimps if you have supersymmetry. And so now we've gotten to this weird point where most people seem to have forgotten that you need supersymmetry to even have Wimps. Now we have Wimps because we know we need to have this dark matter.

But the supersymmetry that is required to make those things exist doesn't work. And it's failed in lots of ways.

Everything goes back to Newton. Newton didn't just discover the inverse square law. He discovered two more things. One was that knowing the luminous distribution, namely knowing the sun, you could predict the velocities of all the planets. No dark matter.

It's absolutely clean. And straightforward. That, in my opinion, is the gold standard for what you need to do. In any theory of gravity, you have a law of force. You know the visible material that you can see, and then you have to predict the velocities, predict exactly what's going on.

That's step A, step B. He proves a theorem. It's a very interesting theorem, and it says this if you have a spherical distribution of matter and you want to know the force at any point, then the only contributions are coming from material within the region where the object is located. Nothing is coming from the outside. The outside absolutely decouples.

And therefore, if you wanted to solve for the solar system the way he did, you didn't need to consider any other sources. Okay? Now, the mathematical reason why this happens the inverse square law force falls like one over the square of the distance, but the solid angle grows like the square of the distance, and therefore they cancel. Exactly the same thing happens for Coulomb's law in electromagnetism. So with Newton's law, we have two remarkable things.

One is knowing the luminous distribution, you get the velocities. And two, you don't need to include anything outside the system of interest. Now, dark matter keeps the second rule, but not the first. In other words, dark matter says we only need to know what's going on within the system itself, but we don't have to restrict to luminous matter alone. In other words, you give up the Newtonian gold standard right away.

And that to me is not good physics. Just simply point blank. That is not the right way to approach the problem. Now, a way to think about this, which is very simple, but of course not the complete story is if you have the inverse square law, then it's true on all distances, including R equals zero, namely at the origin, which means that a particle acts back on itself. We worked for six months.

The equations are quite complicated, and we managed to solve them. And we found the exact solution. Yes, we got the inverse square law, but we then got something that we absolutely hadn't anticipated, namely, we got a second force. And that second force was not vanishing at large distances. The inverse square law gets smaller and smaller.

It goes like one over the square of the distance. This second force was constant. It did not fall off at large distances. We looked at that. It took us six months to find the equations.

It took us an afternoon to solve them. And when we got the solution and we saw this extra term, we realized immediately that we could replace dark matter. And that wasn't what we were looking for. And it took me many years to understand this. It took me a lot further steps.

I gradually realized that because I had this force which did not vanish at large distances, newton's theorem that I can ignore the outside no longer holds, and therefore the outside must be playing a role. That the notion that we can neglect the outside only comes because of a very specific law of force namely Newton's inverse square law any other law of force you can't neglect the outside. So if you now go back to the early studies of galaxies where people measured velocities and found that the velocities were more than they could manage, and so they went on to say, okay, there must be some missing mass. What I say is it's not missing. It's the rest of the universe.

It's been there all along, and it's hiding in plain sight, and you just didn't recognize it as such. And therefore you should not conclude that dark matter is doing the job.

But this problem with the too early appearance of galaxies actually goes back a couple of years, and there were already hints that there were major issues with the standard model. And basically, to put it in a nutshell, what it is is that in the standard model of cosmology, there's a very firm prediction of what the timeline has been since the bing Bang. And the problem here is that these massive galaxies and the massive dark matter halos from which they formed appeared way too early for standard astrophysics to be able to explain how they came to be. So just to put a number on this, because it's a lot easier, I think, to understand in terms of actual numbers the redshift at which they see these massive galaxies and halos, which is around ten. In the case of Charles Steinhardt's work, that corresponds to an age of the universe of around, let's say, 600 million years after the Big Bang.

And remember that the age today is about 13.7 billion years. So we're talking about something very, very early in the history of the universe, 600 million years or so. The reason that's a major problem is because, as we understand it today, stars could not have started to form until about three, maybe 400 million years after the Big Bang, because it would have taken that much time for the gas to cool and condense and clump up and form stars. So basically what the data are telling us is that if the standard model of cosmology is correct with its timeline, then these ten to the 910 to the ten solar mass galaxies, billions of solar masses within each galaxy, formed in only 150 to 200 million years, which is absolutely physically impossible as far as we know today, based on the astrophysics of star formation and aggregation and the formation of galaxies and so forth. But to be fair, there were other indicators even before Steinhardt's work that showed that there was a problem at the timeline, perhaps most famously with the appearance of these supermassive quasars, these supermassive black holes, which started appearing at a redshift of six, and then today the record is about 7.4.

That redshift corresponds to about 800 million years. The indication from the appearance of these supermassive black holes so early in the history of the universe is that these billion solar mass objects formed in only 400, 500 million years, which, again, is not easy to understand in terms of the astrophysics that we know today. The conundrum is that we see these objects, either black holes or these massive galaxies way too early. And in order for us to be able to explain how they formed in such a short time, we have to exceed what we think can actually happen in terms of the astrophysics of accretion and growth and so forth. So the conclusion from this is either that the astrophysics we have today is wrong, or what we're suggesting is that perhaps the cosmology is not completely right.

Ironically, Charles Steinhardt's father, Paul Steinhardt, was one of the inventors of inflation, and Paul Steinhardt is now a total convert. The other way, he thinks that inflation is wrong, even though he was one of the inventors of that. He's actually an inflationary apostate, if I could put it that way. He argues against it when things go wrong. You have to bear in mind that maybe we got something wrong along the ways or missed something that is important.

Kerchaw's claim if you have a cavity and you're in thermal equilibrium with that cavity, and the cavity is opaque, the radiation will always be the same inside that cavity, depending only on the temperature and the frequency. And independent of the nature of the walls, the ratio between emissive power and absorption power is the same for all bodies at the same frequency, at the same temperature. And then Kirchhoff immediately sets the absorption to one. So this is an idealized state, and I understand, as anybody who's taken a modern physics course, that Kirchhoff imagines something that's a perfect emitter and he sets absorption to one. But if I set it to zero in the perfect reflector, as we hope to have when we do MRI, then that function blows up.

So perfect reflectors definitely cannot support Kirchhoff's claim. And remember, he said it was independent of the nature of the walls. But this is the key thing, and this is what has been missed by physics, is that real black bodies can do work and perfect reflectors cannot. So we depend an MRI on having a perfect reflector. We don't want it to do work, we don't want our coil to do work on our radiation.

We just want it to transmit it, right? And that's the same thing for lasers. In lasers, you have mirrors, and these mirrors are building up waves between the mirrors, and they have quality factors of ten to the 11th. Now, to tell you what, that is a quality factor of ten to the 11th. That means it'll hold for every 10th to the 11th wave.

It's standing, it'll lose one. Well, that's perfectly reflecting. Right. Ten to the 11th. No black body has ever approached these kinds of numbers.

So perfect reflectors exist, and they're telling us that Kirchhoff cannot be right. So real black bodies can do work. Perfect reflectors cannot. And here's an example where I take this block and I put it on a hot plate. The bottom four are copper, then graphite.

I think the next one is aluminum and then brass. And you can look in the paper for the assignment, but look at the graphite holes. They're all white. Now, they have different depth. The holes on the right, the four holes on the right, three are black, and one is white.

The one in graphite is white. Those holes are just the tip of the drill bit into the block. That's all that there is there. Okay? And then as you go down, I think the next hole might be a quarter inch, half inch, and an inch.

Okay, so as you go to the left, the holes get deeper. But what are you seeing here? All this block is sitting at the same temperature. It's been sitting on a hot plate for hours. Okay, so it's all come to thermal equilibrium.

It's at one temperature. Now that Kirchhoff had said that all the holes should look the same, but they're not looking the same, right. The little graphite hole on the right is already white, but the three from the perfect reflectors are not. Why? Because they're manifesting what radiation is in the room, not in the hot plate.

Right. It's what's in the room that's penetrating these things, and they're not able they can't do work, so they can't produce the white radiation that the graphite hole did. Okay, so the graphite is white because it did work, and the other three could not do work, and that's why they remain black. And then as you go over to the left, you see that now it's a mixture of radiation coming in from the hot plate that's captured in the hole and then radiation from the room. So that's why you now see these crescent shapes inside of this.

There's two types of radiation in here. One corresponding to the temperature of the room, and the other one corresponding to the temperature of the hot plate. So, again, this proves that Kirchhoff cannot be right. And the reason is that the perfect reflectors are unable to do work. They'll sustain whatever radiation is given to them.

It has nothing to do with thermal equilibrium. So only graphite was able to do work, and perfectly reflecting cavities will display incident radiation. So if I can only convey this message to the world, this would be it. That because of Kirchhoff's law, planck's equation remains unlinked to the physical world. And this is a central thing here that Planck wrote an equation.

So we had this light, and Planck gave us the equation for it, but he never told us what caused the photons, what was the physical setting, what were the energy levels, what were the transition species? But in every other spectroscopic method and I'm a spectroscopist by training, we can always identify these first three. But because of Kirchhoff, and it's independent of the nature of the walls, planck's equation was never linked to the physical world. Now, the reason that's important to you is it enables solar physicists to say that we can produce a black body spectrum from anything, or it enables the Big Bangers to tell us that they can get a black body radiation from the creation of the universe. They can't.

Once you link these things, once you explain, why do you get a thermal photon from graphite? Whatever mechanism you use, everyone will be bound by it. So all of this theory will collapse. So this is actually a terrible blow to astronomy here.

The picture that we have of the CMB today is that the CMB was produced as a result of decoupling, when radiation decoupled from matter, because the charges, the various charges combined to form neutral hydrogen and so forth. And the picture is that all of this happened about 380,000 years after the Big Bang, very early on, right? Much earlier than star formation and eventual galaxy formation and so forth. But the honest truth is that this is all theory. We don't actually have any hardcore evidence that that's really where the CMB happened, where it was produced, and that that was the mechanism that produced it.

We don't see recombination lines, for example. And it's true that the sensitivity of the instruments is not yet great enough for us to have conclusively detected the lines. But until we actually see recombination lines, this idea that the CMB was produced by recombination is just a theory. There's no experimental verification that it happened. And perhaps even more tellingly, if the picture of the CMB having been produced early on as a result of recombination is correct, then there shouldn't be any frequency dependence in the fluctuation spectrum.

In other words, the spectrum was produced in the medium where the most important physical process, thompson scattering, is independent of wavelength of the light. But yet, when we look at the data from Planck, say, we do see evidence that the spectrum of fluctuation changes with wavelength. So that, again, argues against the recombination picture. We don't have a compelling argument yet. But what I'm getting at is that this notion that the CMB was produced 380,000 years after the Big Bang due to recombination does not have yet any experimental confirmation.

On the other hand, it's possible that the CMB may have been formed in part due to dust processes. And if you look back and ask, when would the dust have been injected into the intergalactic medium, it would have been at the time when population three stars started forming, which actually corresponds to a redshift of about 15, not the red shift of 1081, which is what we currently think is where the CMB was formed. This is the Penzus and Wilson antenna, the horn antenna at Crawford Hill laboratory that the measurement was done on. And we won't read this whole thing, but basically it says we got a 3.5 Kelvin signal and we couldn't explain it. And nowhere in the Penzius and Wilson papers do we talk about diffraction of signal into the horn.

So nowhere in the Penzius and Wilson papers of 1965 can one find any discussion of the diffraction of nearby signals into their horn. Now, people wonder, well, how did an NMR guy get into this mess, right? And here's the answer. So, Ed Purcell is the discoverer of the 20 1 CM hydrogen line in the galaxy. He discovered it one year before he won the Nobel prize in 1952 for NMR.

So we're both dealing with radio techniques. They're doing spectroscopy. So am I. It's basically our samples are different. And this is a picture of Ed Purcell's horn that he used to detect the 20 1 CM line.

So these fields are actually much closer than people would imagine. So to tell an MRI person that he cannot look at astronomy is just a little too far reaching, considering that Ed Purcell was one of the first radio astronomers here's. A radio telescope from the University of Illinois. Well, that's kind of exposed to everything, right? That could be coming in from the side.

Here's the scoop antenna at Greenbank, which was used to monitor atmospheric changes. Well, that's pretty much the Penzius and Wilson antenna. Pretty much the same kind of design. There's nothing sophisticated here. So Kobe, the Kobe satellite is completely unshielded from microwave radiation from below, which can easily diffract into the Kobe horn, the fierce horn.

Significant diffraction problems are very likely to exist for every other instrument on earth except one. So now we come to Haruni's antenna, and people have attacked that. Hey, this is just an old antenna here. Who cares about a result from an old, broken down antenna? Well, when the result from Dr.

Haruni was done, it was not a broken down antenna. It was new, and he was testing it. And then he found that there was no signal from space. So how could that be? So, this is showing inside the antenna on the right here, you see the detector.

So this is actually 5 meters across, because this is not a parabolic antenna. It's a hemisphere. So it doesn't focus onto a point. So the signal comes into kind of a bell shaped detector here, which is deep within the antenna. Okay?

So that's very different than the parabolic antennas that you've seen. Okay, so what's important about that is his antenna self noise was only 2.6 Kelvin, so it has to have some self noise. So where's the signal from the big bang you're missing? He should have had six Kelvin or so. He called it an edgeless radio telescope.

So that's why it's unique. So any signal that's approaching from this side, it's edgeless, it's going to prevent diffracted signal from coming and hitting the detector. So note how the detector is protected from most diffracted signals. And again, if you look at a modern radio telescope, they're above ground. They do nothing to prevent diffraction, and their detector is wide open.

It's imprudent to speak in terms of black bodies without noting, as Kirchhoff did, the constraint of the enclosure. So the astronomers, they need an enclosure. And what they tried to say is, well, we did have thermal equilibrium at Recombination. Well, this is just an invention of mathematics. They don't know that.

Kirchhoff's law is very his requirement was very severe. You have to have an opaque enclosure. So thermal equilibrium with an opaque enclosure, not just thermal equilibrium, the enclosure must be opaque. Well, that never existed in the Big Bang. So you cannot set a temperature.

A source which is not at three kelvin can produce such a signal if it sustains. In addition to emission, another means of contending with internal heat, namely conduction and convection. Alternatively, a source which is not at three kelvin can produce such a signal if it has structure wherein one bond is much weaker than another. And of course, I've argued that this signal is coming from the. So I especially like this quote by George Smutt.

So he's testing a radiometer at Berkeley, and this is what he writes. An invisible patch of water vapor drifted overhead. The scanner showed a rise in temperature. Good. This meant the instrument was working because water vapor was a source of stray radiation.

We don't quite understand how much of the dust, how much of the light from stars is being absorbed by dust and where exactly that happens. And so we have different measurements of how much millimeter light there is so far infrared light there is from the dust and how much light we think is missing, and then how much light actually is missing. And that's where the problem. We were trying to tally up the light to make sure that we know how much is missing and how much is being re emitted as the far infrared. And those two numbers don't seem to quite add up yet.

There seems to be about a factor two off and a factor two in astronomy is still something to worry about. We like to be exact. And especially these things tend to add up over distance. So it's important to figure out which one of these kinds of dust is dominant. The most well studied dust ring around a star ever.

And then somebody widened the field of view and realized there was a thousand Au dust belt around it. They have been looking at these things with the kind of wavelengths to see dust for a decade, and they missed a thousand Au dust belt out around it. We are not good at seeing this stuff at all. This one was published in the Astrophysical Journal. It is official.

What many people have thought and hypothesized. There is a widespread presence of nanometer sized dust grains in the interstellar medium of galaxies.

The structure, especially in the interstellar matter, seems to be very self similar. So if we look at the largest scales, it looks pretty smooth. But as soon as we look in any kind of detail, it breaks up into filaments. And those filaments break into filaments, and those filaments break into filaments. Sophia.

They did spend a lot of money on Sophia. It was supposed to help solidify this force of gravity model for the formation of stars and star clusters. They found out that not only are magnetic fields and turbulence, and when you see turbulence in this realm, they're talking about plasma turbulence, plasma interacting with itself and interacting with electric and magnetic fields. Not what many of you might have experienced on the flight here into the rain and clouds yesterday, but so magnetic fields and plasma turbulence are not only involved, they may dominate the creation process of these stars and star clusters. The missing mass of the Universe is tracing the cosmic filaments.

Now, this is where mainstream scientists say, okay, but that was just the normal matter we knew was missing. We still have all this other stuff we need to look for. The problem is finding all of the missing matter scattered about is very different than finding it in a current. And we know that these cosmic filaments feed material down onto galaxies. So when you have all this material and it's not spread out, it's actually in the cosmic filaments.

It's traveling the same direction, feeding galaxies. It is a current. There are magnetic fields wrapped around it. They see protons. They see electrons in these things.

And so matter is no longer just matter when it's in a current, okay? If it's spread out everywhere, it has its gravitational attraction. If it's in a filament, it has its gravitational attraction. But it's got a lot more than that, doesn't it? It's creating magnetic fields.

It's creating electric fields. And that way a baryon, a proton is no longer just a proton. It's now doing a lot more, and it's affecting a lot more. Okay, well, if this really is a whole magnetic mess, then we should be really seeing these with every little structure. And so what you see here, when you see a blue circle, that means the magnetic fields are wrapping towards you.

Red means they are wrapping away from you. And you should see the white filaments in the middle of them. Every single one they've looked at, there must be a current hidden that they cannot see running through the filament, because the magnetic fields are uniform and wrapping around it. Just like you'd have a magnetic field wrapping around electricity, going through a wire. Now, they can't see the electricity going through these filaments, but it must be there, otherwise the magnetic fields would not be uniformly wrapping around it like this.

So probably the most incredible filament of all isn't a filament. It's a sheet. So the musk of filament was one of the brightest filaments in our galaxy that we can see, but it turns out we're just looking at it edge on, and it is actually a flat sheet. In the bottom right picture, I have a bunch of colored lines drawn. They are all magnetic field directions, but what you'll notice is the green ones are all of the filaments that are coming off of a main cloud.

The main cloud would be in the top left part with the large blue line running at a slight angle and then down towards the bottom of the extended filaments. You can see that those filaments have their own filaments coming off again at 90 degree angles. Not only are all of the filaments that they're seeing have the magnetic fields either wrapped around them or embedded in the length of the filament, but when they're coming off of a larger cloud, they're all perpendicular to one another. This is the right hand rule of electromagnetism. That's why they're forming where they're forming.

And so this is that little blue pink thing up at the top there. That's what they believe the musca filament, musca sheet actually would look like over on the left. If you could take it and turn it so you could actually look at it sideways, it's a flat sheet. And the icing on the cake, those little white things, those are other magnetic fields. So they not only notice the magnetic field cutting through the sheet of musca, but there's perpendicular magnetic fields all throughout it as well.

This is a 100% electric structure. There's no way for gravity to do these things. When Sophia comes out and says that stars and star clusters are about magnetic fields and plasma turbulence, the predecessor of a star cluster are these molecular clouds. These are the someday to be nurseries of stars, or so we think. And so there's no way for gravity to set this up, where not only do the magnetic fields trace all the filaments, but they're all perpendicular to one another.

It's mainstream in the sense that that's the right hand rule of electromagnetism. It's not mainstream in the sense that that's not supposed to happen out in space. That's not what's supposed to be dominating out in space. It's supposed to just be gravity, random collapse, chaos, things like that. And it's just not the case.

In 2018, a NASA article basically out of nowhere mentions our existence in the plasma universe, which was a baffling sight to see for those of us who know how many plasma universe physicists don't think dark matter exists. One of the projects that has received very little attention and which we really don't hear much about is poised to be the next leap forward in our understanding of the real dynamics of cosmological constituents. I'm anthony perrett from los almos national laboratory, u. S. Department.

Of energy. I started out in plasma cosmology under Nobel Laureate Hannis Al Fene. Alphane had written a book in Swedish called Cosmic Plasma. Well, I know something about Swedish, and certainly I know something about English. So I wrote the first English edition of Cosmic Plasma under Hannis Salphane's name.

One of my fortes was supercomputer computing of large scale matter. So for twelve years we did terraflop computing the full set of Maxwell's equations on matter electrons, ions, and neutrals only three dimensional, in other words, real world calculations. And from that we were able to, much to a surprise, calculate the full evolution of plasma and neutrals acting under gravitation plasma acting under electromagnetic forces and recover the evolution of plasma collected in the Universe as it evolved towards a galaxy and eventually a spiral galaxy. Alphane Parat berkland the three founding fathers of the plasma Universe. If there is an accretion of the intergalactic medium in those regions, meaning outside of the galaxies, then the orbital velocities of neutral hydrogen clouds are determined not only by the gravitation of mass inside their orbits.

Meaning that if you have a bunch of stuff where we think there's empty space outside of the galaxy, if it's there, I know we can't see it. And most astronomers don't think it's there. But if it just happens to be there and we can't see it, the math says you don't need dark matter anymore, and I'm going to go back up here. This is what Christian Berkland said we have assumed that each stellar system in evolutions throws off electric corpuscles into space. It does not seem unreasonable, therefore, to think that the greater part of the material masses in the universe is found not in the solar systems or nebula, but out in the empty space.

What we didn't know is that the active plasma nucleus, supermassive, black hole, whatever you want to call these things, at the centers of galaxies, they are feasting on many more stars than we realized. And in addition to feasting on many more stars than we realized, they are blowing out an enormous fraction of that which they take in up to 80%. So this whole stuff is getting eaten by the black hole? No, a lot of it's getting shot out, the cosmic jets, and a lot of it is getting blasted out. Well, here's the thing.

We know for a fact from the observations that the stars are going in, we know for a fact that the material is getting blasted back out. But they look in the inner galaxy and that plasma is not there. They look in the spiral arms and that plasma is not there. It's been blasting out from the center of the galaxy for billions of years, but they don't see it in the middle. Where must it be?

It must be around the galaxy. There's nowhere else it could be. Now that's some pretty impressive circumstantial evidence, but it's still just circumstantial at this point. So let's see if we can gather up some more real evidence for that material being out there. Well, you remember this the most well studied dust ring around a star ever.

And then somebody widened the field of view and realized there was a thousand Au dust belt around it. There is a widespread presence of nanometer sized dust grains in the interstellar medium of galaxies. We're going to come back to that in just a minute because this is when the whole thing should have fallen apart. Does anybody know what you're looking at here? Do you remember?

This is just a couple of weeks ago, the lost light of Hubble. The white areas on here, that's areas where they still have no return, just looks like black, empty space as far as you can see. The colored areas are the galaxies that they know. The black areas around them are the dust and gases and other things that they knew of. The gray stuff around those is the lost light of Hubble.

So around all of these galaxies where they could not see before, is a whole bunch of dusty plasma, a whole bunch of emitting sources, exactly where they were predicted to be by the plasma universe and in the place where mathematically dark matter dies. But getting into this dusty plasma and why this is so problematic for cosmology, because it is a trickster. It really is. And so I'm just going to read some of this stuff up here. When they were doing these experiments with dust on the International Space Station, there was not chaos, but they noticed order imparted on the dust.

It lined up, it formed waves, it formed crystalline structures. Now they determined that these crystalline structures and the lines and the waves were based on electric fields. That's how they were lining up. It wasn't based on gravity. And so when you have these regions around the Earth, around the solar system, around the galaxy, interacting with electric fields, forming these crystal patterns of dusty plasma, it basically means we are looking at the cosmos through a kaleidoscope.

The national labs have been gaining traction in these plasma universe discussions. In the weeks just following Sophia's magnetic and plasma discoveries in star forming regions, SLAC showed it was the magnetic fields powering cosmic jets, not a function of the accretion disk energy. And then Lawrence Livermore at Berkeley saw electric currents driving those field actions. Their Taurus jet modeling mirrors what we see across the country at Princeton's Plasma Physics Lab and their NASA collaborations. There's that recent Navy patent as well for a super technology using plasma magnetohydrodynamics and expressly states.

In the patent, the device works because we live in a plasma universe. So we have now arrived at this weirdest possible point in physics, haven't we? Grant money and university professors mostly chasing dark matter, along with the popular media articles. While some NASA teams in the national plasma labs are all seeming to be chasing something else. They can't seem to get the correct results, and they seem to think it's due to some magic essence that they have left out, and they call it dark matter.

So as a result, you have several hundred professors, graduate students, that are working towards their PhDs, so on, that are pursuing dark matter without any knowledge of what it is. There's no missing matter at all. We just had a lot of experimental data that we could compare the simulations to at energy densities that universities, graduate students, professors, associate professors, full professors, professors emeritus simply did not have access to. We did now. The universities really and I had a choice.

Once I had a PhD, I could go into a university and get tenure eventually, or I could go into a national laboratory and work with real data, real equipment. My gosh, the equipment that we burned up in the first millisecond of a nuclear explosion underground was just more than all of the universities in the world could afford. They simply can't afford to lose that investment in high power, sophisticated measuring equipment so quickly. And plus, you're working in an environment where you're working with real world, real world physics, not the physics that you learn in textbooks that may be five years old, ten years old, 200 years old. This is real world stuff.

Next, we wonder about the 3D simulations that they do have now, and one of the most renowned is Illustrious. The problem is that the mistakes that drove matter physics into darkness have progressed far more quickly than the reduction in price of supercomputing. What this means, practically, is that since the universities attained the ability to work with this level of computing, they have included dark matter and dark energy to a degree dwarfing the luminous matter and have lacked the luminous matter. Being discovered by the weak. The dust the plasma connecting galaxy clusters and clusters to the cosmic web surrounding the galaxies and controlling starforming regions.

The natural extension of these discoveries is the electrical action at various scales throughout the universe.

Let's say I burn toast in my house, and I mean really burn it. I put it all the way up, I smell it burning, I see the smoke, and then I just kind of, like, turn my back and I let it go for a few more minutes. Then let's say I eat the piece of toast anyway because that's how I like toast. And then I take the toaster and I throw it out the window. Then I bring you into the room and I say, find the source of that smell.

You have no chance because I've eaten the toast. I've thrown the toaster out the window. All the evidence is pretty much gone. All the evidence, you'd want to really understand it, and that's what we're talking about with a potentially extinct current here. Something caused these films, and it wasn't gravity to form like this, like lightning throughout space.

And that thing really might not be there anymore. We might just be seeing the aftermath, the smoke trail from the meteorite that blew up four or 5 seconds earlier. And there's no more light from it. It's just the essence of it. It's the smell of the burnt toast that's left over.

And so now we come back to a story that I think most of you probably know about. They flew Cassini through the water jets, the south pole of Enceladus magnetometer hot and running. Langmere probe, hot and running. They detected phenomenal magnetic fields and only 5% of the requisite electric current. So that is a satellite flying through the electric current.

We call that insitu measurement. And it detected 5% of the electric current. This is important for two reasons. One, if we can fly right through it and only detect 5% of the current, we see nothing from Earth looking out into the cosmos thinking, oh, well, we don't see these electric currents in the cosmos. No kidding.

Good luck seeing them if you spotted 5% in situ. But the explanation for why it was hidden the charged particles of the current were actually being attracted to and hidden by dusty plasma. The dust was actually hiding the ions. The reason they were not able to see the current of charged material in the cosmic web was because of the dust. The exact same thing they ran into in Enceladus.

And not a single astrophysicist or cosmologist has put these two together. The same problem that they ran into at Enceladus, which should have given them a clue about how pitifully they see electric currents in deep space, they have already run into with the cosmic web. Oh, well, that's where the normal matter is flowing in that current. We just didn't see it because of the dust that was surrounding it. It's right there.

It's right there on a plate. We have a number of new models of the galaxy that have come out just this year. And I've spoken to some of these folks. Some of these folks definitely know the plasma cosmology individuals. These are some of the models that are based on what came out of either one of the national labs.

This is what they say we're looking at. And obviously on the right there, we're looking straight down through the axis of the cosmic jet. But they say this is what's actually in the center of the galaxies there. The number one model that's coming out is this Taurus jet model. Regardless of whether or not it's a black hole, a plasma nucleus, what's around it is a Taurus and a jet.

We don't know what's down there at the exact center. People have a lot of good guesses. But what's just outside of it is observationally undeniable. It's a Taurus and a jet. And this is what you get when you have that energetic point.

And so in the image on the far left where you can really see the jet going up and down and the Taurus around it. You can't see the full Z pinch there of everything coming into the middle with the Taurus wrapped around the waist of the Z pinch, so to speak. But that's what we've got there. And they fade as they go up because they're losing energy. It's more dark mode rather than glow mode plasma as you get way, way out there and specifically as it starts to arch back around and make the larger Taurus.

But you can see the interior of the Taurus here. And this is Billy's first try over there on the right just doing the fundamentals and turning on the power. He created the jet Taurus model right there before our eyes. After the 2019 Observing the Frontier Conference, the months that followed brought with them a flood of discoveries illuminating the pathway forward. Sophia continued her charge, demonstrating that magnetic fields are responsible for action at larger scales.

All while Alma confirmed Sophia's previous discovery about the importance of those magnetic fields in smaller star forming regions. We began to see genuine attempts at scaling up these principles to cosmological scale. And we're seeing those published in major physics journals. Plasma Universe. Magnetic Universe.

Electrodynamic universe column is just another way to say it. At the galactic level, we're seeing tremendous advances in magnetic modeling of a large scale coherent structure and pattern. This is opposed to the random, chaotic, nova driven field paradigm that operated for years. The regions between the galaxies and the cosmic web were the final remaining piece of the puzzle. The missing matter is still being discovered at an incredible rate, still just hiding in plain sight just outside the galaxies.

They discovered that all the material outside the visible stars is corotating with the galaxies, indicating that the galactic rotation problem may disappear entirely with more observation. And how that material gets to the galaxies is even more amazing. They come in filaments currents moving in a helical vortex spiraling down onto the galaxies directly from the larger filaments of the cosmic web. That is electromagnetic action, not random chaotic gravity. And so, to summarize where we've already discovered the dominance of electromagnetism and luminous matter.

It's the star forming regions and the star forming rates the molecular cloud structures, the dusty filaments, active galactic nuclei and their electric current and magnetic field taurus jet model with the luminous matter surrounding the galaxies, with how it rotates, with how it gets to the galaxies in the first place and with that largest scale structure, the cosmic web. Well and right this is the appropriate question at this point. This is actually about the time when the more seasoned professors began to remember Alphane Klein Cosmology, the predecessor to the plasma cosmology that Dr. Peratt is talking about and we're all talking about. And even though it is a bit different, a man named Jim Peebles in 1993 basically thwarted the charge of what they called the plasma dissidence to supersymmetry dark matter, basically looking at non luminous matter, things like that.

And the two problems were that with Alphane's initial models, there were some disagreements with the cosmic microwave background. We've heard a couple of things about that already here, haven't we? But also, and more importantly, there were these missing high energy photons from annihilation events in the cosmos. And, well, we've seen they're not really missing anymore. It seems that we keep having to report these super high energy photons, photons that are breaking records for the detections.

And so it really is a different situation now than back in 1993, especially since we're learning that there are some tensions, hubble, Planck expansion, cosmic microwave background. We really do need to get these new instruments up there and see exactly what they're able to tell us about the universe at a large scale. And speaking of the larger scale on this, dr Parat's open letter to the scientific community now has dozens of signatories from the field, dozens more in related science and research fields. It's not shocking that the national labs do seem to be nailing it. There are a number of people on that signatories list that are from the national labs.

So it's not shocking that Parat did it in Los Alamos, as you said earlier. It is just a shame that his work had to be classified due to the nuclear connections. I might add that this is a very exciting time to be in physics and to be in the field of astronomy. And by astronomy, I mean astrophysical plasmas, because so much data is pouring in now that is providing justification, which we already knew because we'd done the large scale experiments. It's the physics, the high energy density physics that you're allowed to get into going into the national laboratories.

And this is void in the universities. Name a university and they simply do not have the funds, they do not have the equipment. They can't do high energy density work as is required when you're looking at the universe. The universe is the biggest pulse power generator we have and the largest high energy density media that we can experiment with. So all they're left with is ignorance.

And for that reason, large majority have gone to dark matter, invisible matter, missing matter, ghost matter, so on. To explain the failures of their codes. They publish a good many papers. Really. University physics is about publishing papers, be it right or be it wrong.

And in most cases, especially with missing matter, it's wrong. Unfortunately, the situation is even less rosy than the picture painted by Dr. Parag. I conducted the interviews for this infomentary, a dozen others that didn't make this infomentary, and there were numerous other interactions via phone, skype, email, even in person. With no less than 95 of the professors currently teaching these topics to today's youth in the United States, Canada, Australia and Europe, there was a disturbing trend that I seemed to notice as I was talking to professor after professor, and many of them were not shy at all about admitting this.

They are grossly incapable of keeping up with all of the science that is coming out that might potentially affect their field, might potentially affect their work. Now, there are three reasons why this is the case. First, professors are busy. In addition to any research or paper publishing or experiments they might be doing, they probably have to teach classes, they have to grade papers, they have to grade tests. And there's also an enormous amount of administrative work that goes into the individual students, the department, and the university as a whole.

Second, this is actually not one field, but many fields rolled into one. Astronomy, astrophysics, astrophysics of galaxies and galactic dynamics, magnetic fields, plasma turbulence, large scale cosmology, dark matter, black holes, nebula, gaseous and dusty star forming regions and their interplay altogether. Each one a very specific and highly specialized field of science. What it takes to be a player. Publishing in just one of them pretty much boggles the mind.

It's very difficult to keep up with many high level fields of science. And that brings us to number three, which is the one that most of them identified themselves as being the major problem. There are so many places where this information is coming out and there are just only so many hours in the day. The Astronomical Journal. The Astrophysical Journal astronomy and Astrophysics the Astrophysical Journal letters monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society.

Nature, Nature, Astronomy, physics of the Dark Universe. Physical Review d and Cornell's Preprint Archive Five days a week, we're talking about 5100, sometimes 200 new papers a day. And they're not all going to be relevant, but you have to scan through all of them, and a good dozen to three dozen probably are relevant. It's just not possible to keep up with all of those other things when you have a professorship, when you're doing your own research, leading your own research, when you have all those other responsibilities. It really does require a full time, dedicated passion for keeping up with all of these material.

And the interesting thing is most of them have the passion, they just don't have the time.

It's don't it.

Sam. Sam. Sam.

Honey southain periodically, yearly would go back to Stockholm, Sweden, and I guess he would go back in the summers and not in the winters. I guess he was not enthralled about the cold of Stockholm in the winter. Also, it gets very dark there very early. And at that latitude there's maybe about 5 hours of sunlight and the rest is all dark. They call it the blue hour going into these different phases.

And so I spent actually two sabbaticals at the Royal Institute of Technology in Stockholm with Alphane and his colleagues. And there I picked up more direct information. After all was alpha. And that got me started in this field, and that is also in the 2015 edition of my book. I also spent time in Norway at the Institute, the Norwegian Institute for Physics, and there spent a great deal of time with another professor touring Norway, going up to the Northern Light section of Norway, Swalbard, where I could see that day I was quite a runner.

And I used to run along the shores of Norway up north, where I could see Swalbard Island, which is all covered with ice, and it's got polar bears, so I had no interest whatsoever of going there. However, it did prepare me for another task that I was given, and that was in the final days of the Soviet Union before they became the Federated State. We were doing nuclear experiments at the Nevada Test Site and also nuclear experiments at Novaya Zimla, which was the Soviets, the Russians nuclear test site in the Arctic. And I was team leader for experiments there, where I collected a great deal of information. They also have a lot of high stales, also have polar bears, and luckily I'm a shooter, so they gave me AK 47 just in case.

I remember one of the Soviet nine is saying, if you come face to face with a polar bear, you are no more. And that's true. So you've got to be quick, you've got to have a weapon.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Al2O3 is some tough shit – 08-24-2023

Al2O3 is some tough shit - 08-24-2023

Al2O3 is some tough shit - 08-24-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a commentary or personal account discussing various topics, including road repairs, economic issues, space aliens, and the Ukraine military. The writer mentions a significant amount of release language expected in September, hinting at economic and fiscal challenges. There is also a reference to the reappearance of the "space alien meme" in public consciousness around the end of the month. The writer anticipates the collapse of the Ukraine military, attributing it to their actions against Russia.

The document delves into the writer's past data sets, some dating back to 2013, which predicted events that took longer to manifest than initially anticipated. For instance, a forecast from 2016 about an attack on Oceania, which includes areas like Hawaii and Maui, only materialized in 2023. The writer emphasizes the challenges of predicting the timing of such events.

The latter part of the document focuses on directed energy weapons (DEWs). These are described as nanometer waves, similar to microwaves but on a smaller scale. The writer suggests that these DEWs are responsible for specific damages observed, particularly in Maui. The damages are inconsistent with traditional fire damage, pointing instead to the effects of these weapons. The writer mentions that DEWs interact with metals and water, explaining the observed patterns of damage. The writer strongly believes that this was a targeted attack and criticizes the media and "powers that be" for trying to conceal the true nature of the event. The writer also touches upon insurance companies not paying out claims for such damages, attributing it to clauses that exclude acts of war or terrorism.

#roadwork #economics #spacealiens #Ukraine #military #data #predictions #Oceania #Hawaii #Maui #directedenergyweapons #DEWs #nanometerwaves #attack #media #concealment #insurance #war #terrorism #damage

Al2O3 is some tough shit - 08-24-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Still August 24. It's about 10:00, so it didn't take all that long. Heading back out outward Bound in a largeish convoy of road equipment.

Heading out to do some kind of a repair somewhere up north. This is a pretty isolated, rough country up here, and if you head up into the Olympic Peninsula, they're very sparsely settled, to say the least. There's roads and stuff up there and a few people that live up there, but not very many. But it looks like we've got some major road work having to be done just to maintain things here. The size of these rocks they're hauling north on the Low Boy trailers are larger than most SUVs, so there must be some kind of a hillside that's collapsed, or they've got to install a new bridge or a button or something.

Thousands of pounds of gravel and rocks anyway, though.

So outside of the chaos that's indicated the huge amount of release language pouring out in September, driven a lot of it by the economics and financial and the fiscal problems that affect everything else.

But independent of the fiscal stuff, we also still have a continuing data line, a thread of these sets that relate to space aliens. So we still have a lot of that stuff building up.

The data suggests we're going to have some kind of reappearance, a rise of the space alien meme back up into public consciousness here around the 30th. And it will be soon, probably by the 6th or 7th or eigth. Of September be subsumed in the rising release language that comes to dominate in the latter half of September and then continues to the rest of the year. So during this period of time, I expect the Ukraine military to collapse. That's going to cause all kinds of freak outs, all kinds of freakouts.

No point in even going there, really discussing it. It's the mother Wefers, and they've got some severe issues as a result of their attacks on Russia and the whole Ukraine business. Right, the all right, so in some of the old data sets from, like, would have been picked up in about 2013 or so. We had a number of elements that were suggested they would show up in 2016. They haven't shown up until this year, so we're looking at a seven, eight ish year delta on a lot of these in terms of when the reports were issued, but maybe as much as a ten year delta off of when the data was actually taken up.

So I would get data that would start in, say, 2013, and it would be persistent, show up as a set, but there might not have been enough information around it to write about it. But I would see that every time I would do the run, that data set would still be there and it would grow, it would alter, it would morph. I'd do the referential integrity checks on it to make sure it wasn't an artifact of programming which could happen and it would grow over time. And then I would get some level of comfort in saying that this stuff was going to manifest. And then there was always the problem of picking out the timing.

Okay, so in 2016, it was evident in the data that we were going to have issues with Oceania, which includes Hawaii, includes Maui, and in 2016, we had reports that said that there was going to be an attack on Oceania by the powers that be, and that was going to create a lot of backlash. So that was put out as though it was going to happen in 2016. It has happened here now with the attack on Maui by the direct energy weapons. And so we have this delta from when the data first started showing up of about ten years. Now, I can't use that ten year period of time to do timing clues, right?

I couldn't say that every other set that would develop would also have a ten year period of time before it would manifest into reality.

Some sets would manifest within, depending on when the language came in, would manifest within days, weeks, or months, and it would be quite clear and we would be done with them. Some of these longer term sets, though, it's like basically a guess. We knew that it was going to be beyond 19 months because we were dealing with very long term data, and long term data was 19 months out to infinity. But within that huge range of 19 months away from the time the data was taken, which would have started in 2013, out to infinity is a big damn range, and it's going to manifest in there at some point. So there's all these not rules, but cautions or design pattern elements or guides to the design pattern or limits to the design pattern that I would try and apply it at certain points, right, especially relative to timing.

And it's always very difficult because the feedback loop, which would have been something manifesting and then noting the time it manifested, et cetera, et cetera, was always, in cases, a long term data. It might be actual years. And so here we had a forecast that was forecast for 2016. It shows up in 2023. We've got a seven year delta on that, but actually it's a ten year delta off the time that the data sets first started coming in.

And the manifestation now either ten years from the data or seven years from the report, because it took three years for that data to grow to the point where there was enough value referenced in the numerics to suggest that it was going to be an actual manifestation. Right? And then there was some took those three years to suggest that, well, it's going to be in the future, it'll be out at least this far. And so in 2016, it appeared that we'd crossed that threshold. And so it was safe to report on the powers that be attacking Oceania and the problems that would be caused from that.

But there was no way of knowing. It was out 19 months, but it was out beyond 19 months. And here we are certainly beyond the 19 months when that was put out as a report and it's now manifested seven years after that report. So one might think that there might be some form of a consistent difference between the proposed manifestation date and the actual manifestation date that could be analyzed and determined and maybe indeed we could do that. But it's variant, okay, it varies greatly.

So within the nature of the language, the subject matter, et cetera, et cetera, these one off episodes that are not part of otherwise building trends are very difficult to predict. So it was a one off, a unique kind of a thing. We hadn't had a lot of language. It wasn't about Hawaii, about Maui. There wasn't a long standing public awareness of any forms of contention within the social order there that would pre, say that this was about the point where tensions were going to boil over, a threshold would be crossed and something would manifest.

So these are not unique events, okay? They have an aspect of being singletons or singularly self contained kind of events. So this is an interesting thing in and of itself, right, is the nature of the sets that sometimes the data would present, oh, this is going to happen. Boink and that's it. And it's not surrounded by longer term data in any meaningful fashion.

It's not part of any other set. It just appears it's standalone, it has enough value that it grows over time and it shows to the manifestation threshold. And you're just left wondering, okay, what now? There were a number of those within the data sets and in the main, mostly they have indeed manifested, okay? Mostly they indeed have shown up.

The language has been met, although of course within the manifestation. So I probably had 50, maybe 80 words about the attack on Oceania. Not a description of the beaches, not a description of the directed energy weapons or Oprah or Obama or any of these fuckers being involved. Now they were involved. We knew that they were involved.

They were in the category of the powers that be. So there are elements that are indeed accurate within the forecast. But the forecast at the time could not include all the really weird language that might have guided us more towards directed energy weapons. Nor would it have done us any good, so to speak, in the in the sense that even if we had known that there was going to be a directed energy weapon attack, there wouldn't have been anything you could have done about it. Right.

It's not like you can put on metal roofing and have it reflect the directed energy weapons now I'll finish with this on the timing and then get into that for a second. So the timing aspect has always been a bitch. It's always just been terrible in terms of trying to manage this. It's obviously a much more complex problem involved there than solving the issue of manifestation thresholds for emotional language. At what point does the emotion reach a threshold just ahead of the manifestation of that thing into reality?

Like with a fight, at what point do the words cross the threshold and the fist starts swinging? And if you knew the nature, if you could read the emotional tension in the people that you were looking at, if you had like an emotional tension meter that you could aim at them and get a reading, you would probably be able to see it escalate up. And then you'd say, AHA, the threshold was 144. Whenever it got to 144 on this particular meter, the fists would start swinging. Regardless of the nature of the words, it's the emotional tone underneath them that preses what's going to occur.

And so timing is something that is variant within that threshold being reached within each and every situation. So the situations themselves are all unique relative to that. Although they're all common, they all share this common happenstance of the reaching a threshold and then something manifesting into our reality. Anyway, so big problem and so on, but nonetheless, the language is there even though the timing clues are way off. And of course we're inventing this stuff back in 1990s and 1993, I got the idea and started inventing this stuff.

So it can be expected that it's going to take us a while to figure out what the hell we're doing anyway though. So getting on to the directed energy weapons for a minute. So these are not like lasers. They may involve lasers at some point, but the directed energy weapon itself is what's known as a nanometer wave. Okay?

So it's like smaller waveforms than you get in the microwaves, but it's very much of a microwave kind of radiation that's coming out at you. And they shoot these things out of tubes that have wave guides on them. In the tubes are either in airplanes or you could put them on a balloon, but you'd have to have all kinds of power to support it, that sort of thing, right? So this is a known technology. We know who invents them, we know who's building them, we know who has the patents on them.

Right? So if you wanted to go look up nanometer waves or Nanowave guides or sub millimeter waves, you'll see that you're going to end up with a bunch of patents that are going to Boeing, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, any number of these very large corporations are involved in various aspects of this. So you can easily see how Boeing airplanes could carry these things. You open up a side door or a back door on a c 130. You maybe not even have to open the door.

Maybe they're just mounted on the bottom of the plane. And you have a generator that provides the electricity. And then you shoot out all these waves. The waves come down and they interact with the material down here. So they'll boil water if there's enough moisture in the air.

So you won't get an energy attack, you won't get a dew attack on a day when there's lots of chemtrails because that would dissipate the energy and eat it all up and cause heating at a level right there in the atmosphere, not on the ground. Right.

It just won't occur. You won't have those on non clear days. I'm going to stop here for a minute. Put this on hold. I think, anyway, though, the nanometer waves, when they react with the buildings and stuff, they react off of the metal and in organics, they're reacting off the flesh.

And so that's why we have the particular kind of damage to the bodies that we have. They were not burned. So I've seen animals that have been caught in forest fires, okay? And so you would see like, there was a picture of a dog from Maui, and the dog's perfectly preserved. He's dead.

He's lying on his back. His legs are out and stiff and contorted and twisted, but the body is there. The hair is gone. It's not burned though. Okay?

And there's no sign that it was incinerated by heat. Because I worked for Department of Natural Resources up here and went in with a couple of crews. I was an It guy, but I would always go out whenever I could. But I worked with a couple of crews that went out after forest fires and cleaned up. And you'd come across the bodies of know, small squirrels, raccoons, possums.

Didn't make any difference, really. They all had the same effect. They were all burned. They were like, cooked. The fats were rendered out of them.

None of that has happened in Maui. So anyway, I'm going to put this on pause for a minute, get this and then head back out on the road. Be right back. Anyway, back again. Stop and get a little can of portable fuel here.

Anyway, so the directed energy weapons interact with the power lines. They're going to interact with electricity. They're going to not interact with a tree. Right? There's not a lot of metals in a tree.

Far more metals in your body than you'll find in most of the trees. Also, they're attracted to the water, right? And so this is why the boats melted. This is why the railings on the docks melted. This is why there was all the metal melt.

This is why the power lines fell down. And this is why we see all of these effects. And so I'm of the opinion that you could get some forensic engineers, engineers that examine things after the fact, like bridge disasters, that sort of thing. And you could do that with biologists and energy people like Ken Schwartz at C 60 Purple Power, right? He could probably go through there and he could probably do an analysis.

He's got the skills and the schooling to be able to stand up in court and say that he has standing that is to say that he's got a history examining these things. And he could say that it is unlikely that in the extreme that a fire over on the shore is going to melt the metal handrails on a dock that's sitting out on the surface of the water some hundred feet away. And even if the boats are melting and burning they're still so far away that the distance from the fire to the metal railing would be such that the metal railing that melted, which would require well if it was aluminum to get through it, it would require 3100 grease. So there's the thing guys, if you're a welder, you know that when you weld aluminum you've got to get through the aluminum oxide that aluminum melts at a reasonably it welds at around 1200 degrees. But to get there you've got to get through the aluminum oxide which is really tough stuff and that requires that you go through 3100 degrees and all aluminum that's exposed, especially on the ocean, especially near the water where you've got an ionic balance that's different over the land, will have thick layers of aluminum oxide.

So you're really going to have to work at maintaining at least 3100 degrees to get through that. Then of course it'll melt rapidly. Right? And so 20 or 30 or 40 or 50ft away from a boat, fire from a boat that is melting on the water. So that matters because the water is going to suck up and dissipate side heat from the fire itself.

As the water dissipates it away it'll provide moisture in the air which will further degrade the ability of the heat to travel through the air to affect that aluminum railing hundreds of feet or 50 or even 20ft away. Right? And so the pattern of things here is definitely a directed energy weapon. And like I say, I know scientists that can get out there and they could provide you with an understanding of what actually happened, of what actually went down, that it was not a wildfire, it was not electrical lines, none of that was participatory. It was all ancillary to the effect itself and was used by the media and the powers that be to try and lay off the blame and create this and muddy the issue so that no one knows that this is a directed energy weapon attack.

Right? And so this was Pearl Harbor. Thousands of people, 1000 people missing, 500 of them children, hundreds dead. This was in my way of thinking this was worse than the original Pearl Harbor because A, they're also trying to keep it secret that I think is a very evil part of all of this, right? And then the insurance company is not paying off on it.

Why aren't they paying off on it? Right? Well, their excuses are bullshit, but they know that it was a targeted hit and so they can't come out and say it's a targeted hit because those are actually excluded. Most of the insurance policies, if you go read the insurance policy on your house, you'll find out you're not covered for acts of war. And so if your house were to be destroyed in an act of war, or even most people's houses would not be paid off if it was an act of terrorism.

And so in either case, if the powers that had officially declared war on the people of Oceania, which includes Hawaii, and then they attacked Maui, none of the houses would have been expected by the insurance companies to have to be paid for. But even in this situation where we've got this secret war going, even if they were to declare that this was a result of an act of terrorism, that would also be an out for the insurance companies, right? So they're there for accidental kind of stuff, not for deliberate acts on part of another person, especially the evil motherfucking WEF and Hillary Clinton and Obama and Oprah and all these other fucktards.

Anyway though. So the directed energy weapon signature is quite clear. No, I don't think it came from space. Right? There's issues with beaming stuff, including nanometer waves and having them be cohesive enough to be able to be effective.

So your source for this has to be reasonably close. And if you look at raytheon's patents on directed energy weapons, you find that they are anticipating that these things would be put into airplanes so that they could get close enough to actually make it work. The nanometer waves are sent out through a long tube that aligns them and then it goes through several wave guides to emerge as a very tight beam weapon that then will be anticipated to spread on distance. And so you would know what your spread would be. So you know that if you turn on your machine and start shooting this Ray out your airplane, that 500ft down.

That leaves the weapon and the size of the aperture hole for the beam, for the directed part of the energy weapon is maybe that's as small as a millimeter across. It's not very big, right? But at the time that at 500ft out, that thing that started off as a millimeter wide might be 100 yards wide, right? And so you would know that, oh, if I want to incinerate something 100 yards wide, I just have to fly my airplane 500ft up and turn this machine on and fly over, back and forth over the area I want to incinerate. It's not going to harm trees.

It'll obviously fry a dog. Probably killed squirrels, probably killed vast quantities of insects in the area, may have even damaged stuff on the shore offshore slightly that got hit by it because the nanometer waves could be expected to penetrate some small distance into water. Small distance, right. Not many feet, but maybe a foot. So if you're close to the tide line, you may find that if you had oysters there, maybe all the oysters are cooked, right?

So all of the shellfish and the indigenous life along that shoreline that accidentally got touched by it under the water even, would be affected. And so it's not boiled or anything like that. It's just dead and killed because it was like incinerated internally without any fire. So again, you'd have evidence that this is not a brush fire.

It was an attack. And now we're in this point where the media is fighting, and pretty soon they'll probably have to come out and get some kind of official support in this fight that will say that if you say it's a due weapon in Hawaii. We're going to have to arrest you, or we're going to have to throw your account off of Twitter or whatever the fuck. Right? Some kind of officialdom support for the narrative, because so many people are now climbing on this and saying, hey, shit ain't right here.

This was not a brush fire, that somebody did something to these people. And we think it was this stuff that we're calling a do, a directed energy weapon. But of course, you can go and look at Raytheon. They've been building these fuckers. They've got patents on the nanometer waveguide stuff that goes back into the 60s.

So this is not a fantasy. These guys have this technology.

They might have hundreds of airplanes fitted with this shit for all I know. But it does exist, and it's now being used against us as the communists decide that they're going to fight the people. They always do this. Okay? So communism rises, and it's always against the people.

It's always called a Communist dictatorship because it's always a minority that gets the majority fractured to the point where they can assume control, and then the majority has to eventually come together to get rid of them. And in the Soviet Union, it took them 72 years to do that, to throw out the revolution and get rid of all these fuckers. We're going to do this much more rapidly. They've been working on us. Well, actually, it was 72 years in Russia after they had succeeded, the communist revolutionaries had started settling into Russia in the 1890s.

So the Russian Revolution 20 years later was was done by people that had been seated in that 20 year period of time within the population to do exactly this. So we've been under attack since for probably like the last 50 to 60 years, since the late 50s, since the McCarthy hearings and all of that. They were talking about the communist infiltration. That was overtaking the US. At that point.

And then it went deeper to the point where we didn't see it. But they're also not using the traditional communist stuff, which is class warfare, economic class warfare here. They're trying to get it over racial warfare. The problem is that you don't have a solution for racial warfare in class warfare. Communism could take over with class warfare on an economic basis because the solution was that the communist system made everybody equal, okay?

And it removed the egregious corruption that had led to the point that it had to come in. Now, they're not trying to bring communism in based on economics. They're trying to bring it in on race. And it's like, well, okay, after the Communists take over, is Obama going to make us all black? Are we all equal thereafter?

Are we all Mexican, Hispanic, Latino? We're going to be Asian? What's the deal? There is no solution that the communists can offer other than continual, constant strife and ultimately a race war. And there they've already told everybody so that if you're black or brown, we're going to go and kill all the whites.

So you guys stay on our side. And yeah, we sort of look white, but we're really Jewish or we're really Khazarian. We're not really white, so you don't have to worry. We'll be in charge, but we're not white guys, okay? So anyway, this is the state of the situation relative to communism and the attacks here that's going to be coming out.

So I think that as we get into September, maybe a lot more on this directed energy weapon stuff is going to come out and a lot more people will start feeling that, uhoh, we're being attacked by the powers that be. And they've got these secret weapons that can do this shit to us and we'll never even see it coming. We just have to survive it and then retaliate afterwards. So now I'm waiting to the at this point, we haven't had the retaliations yet, okay? Those are coming, in my opinion.

So the data sets had always had that it was difficult to tell where the threshold would be crossed. But at some point, there will be a threshold here, and I think we're very close to it. Maybe we're within a month or so after that threshold is crossed, there is individual retaliation against these guys. And this is where it gets really interesting for the rest of the public, myself included, because we will get to the point where I don't know how soon we'll find out about these attacks and stuff that will come out. Maybe it'll have to be a month after, two months after.

Maybe there'll be rumors. Maybe it'll come out because it'll be public. But we'll have situations where, like, pick a powers that be guy, pick a wephonian. It doesn't know klaus Schwab, George Soros, Bill Gates, Obama, Oprah, any of these fuckers that are, in the, quote, good club. They will be being attacked at a personal level.

Their security people will be shot at, they will be shot at, their cars will be attacked, there will be deliberate car crashes against them. There will be people that will try and burn their houses down while they're in them. All of this stuff's going to be going on now a lot of this is also going to extend over to now that it's going to be coming back up again, the shotgivers. And so we're going to have a lot of people that will reach this pain threshold where it will distort their mind and they know they're dying from having taken the shots and they're going to start acting out and that we'll have individual retaliation. So they'll go and shoot a local pharmacist that was given the shots, right?

They'll go and shoot a doctor. They'll go and try and take over a hospital and shoot multiple doctors and it's not a generalized the powers that be are going to make it out to right wing extremists. They're going to say it's domestic terrorism and all of that. They're going to try and sell it. But you'll see very quickly with these things that the individuals chosen as the targets for this are scaling up to the powers that be.

They're scaling up into the WEF. And that marks the opening of the or that marks the beginning of the opening war, of the open war between the quote, rulers, the elite and the rest of the populace. Then we'll start seeing plane crashes and a lot of these fuckers are going to die simply because they can't cover everything. And their security systems and security people, they have to have those people allied with them. A lot of them won't be anymore but also they can't handle everything.

So a security guy right now for, let's say Bill Gates. Bill Gates gets on a private airplane and he flies somewhere. His security guys go through and they do their regular routines and stuff. They can't monitor the fuel that goes into the plane. They can't monitor the guy who does the maintenance on the plane.

And he knows it's Bill Gates plane and he's got a shot because he was forced to take it and he's ill and he's dying and he says, oh fuck it, I'm going to just shave 1200ft off of this altimeter under this certain range. So once it drops below 3600ft, all of a sudden 1200ft goes away. Then what's the pilot going to do? Major freak out. Ultimately there's going to be a crash because he can't land because he doesn't know how high he is.

And so that would be the kind of thing we're going to see is these crashes and stuff that will be quote, unexplained, but it'll start taking out a lot of the powers that be. Guys. Anyway guys, I'm back home now. I'll get this stuff uploaded. What a day.

Anyway, talk to. You later. It's going to be a really strange fall. And next year, as we get into Sci-fi world and this is really the transition into that over these next couple of years. All right, that's it.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.